C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Pictorial index
Search by illustration
1
For safety
and security
Make sure to read through them
2
Instrument
cluster
How to read the gauges and meters, the variety of
warning lights and indicators, etc.
3
Operation of
each
component
Opening and closing the doors and windows,
adjustment before driving, etc.
4
Driving
Operations and advice which are necessary for
driving
5
Interior features
Usage of the interior features, etc.
6
Maintenance
and care
Caring for your vehicle and maintenance
procedures
7
When trouble
arises
What to do in case of malfunction or emergency
8
Vehicle
specifications
Vehicle specifications, customizable features, etc.
9
For owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners, and seat
belt and SRS airbag instructions for Canadian
owners
Index
Search by symptom
Search alphabetically
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
For your information....................... 6
Reading this manual.................... 10
How to search.............................. 11
Pictorial index .............................. 12
1-1. For safe use
Before driving...................... 22
For safe driving ................... 24
Seat belts ............................ 26
SRS airbags........................ 32
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......... 46
Exhaust gas precautions..... 53
1-2. Child safety
Riding with children............. 54
Child restraint systems........ 55
1-3. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system............................... 74
Theft prevention labels........ 78
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators........................... 80
Gauges and meters............. 88
Multi-information display ..... 91
Fuel consumption
information ........................ 99
3-1. Key information
Keys...................................104
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Side doors .........................112
Back door ..........................119
Smart key system..............125
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats.........................135
Rear seats .........................136
Head restraints ..................138
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel...................142
Inside rear view mirror.......144
Outside rear view
mirrors .............................146
3-5. Opening and closing
the windows
Power windows..................149
1
For safety and security
2
Instrument cluster
3
Operation of each
component
3
1
8
7
5
4
3
2
9
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
6
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle............. 156
Cargo and luggage............ 166
Vehicle load limits ............. 169
Trailer towing..................... 170
Dinghy towing.................... 171
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without
a smart key system)........ 172
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with
a smart key system)........ 175
Continuously variable
transmission.................... 181
Turn signal lever................ 186
Parking brake.................... 187
Brake Hold ........................ 192
4-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch................ 195
Automatic High Beam ....... 200
Windshield wipers and
washer ............................ 205
Rear window wiper and
washer ............................ 211
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap...................................213
4-5. Using the driving
support systems
Toyota Safety Sense P......217
PCS (Pre-Collision
System) ...........................224
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert with steering
control) ............................238
Dynamic radar cruise
controlwith full-speed
range ...............................248
Driving mode select ...........263
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor).........265
• BSM function.................270
• RCTA function...............275
Driving assist systems .......280
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips..............286
4
Driving
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
5-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Air conditioning system ..... 292
Seat heaters...................... 300
5-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ................ 302
• Interior lights ................. 303
• Personal lights .............. 304
5-3. Using the storage
features
List of storage features...... 305
• Glove box...................... 306
• Console box.................. 306
• Bottle holders................ 307
• Cup holders .................. 308
Luggage compartment
features ........................... 309
5-4. Using the other interior
features
Other interior features ....... 315
• Sun visors ..................... 315
• Vanity mirrors................ 315
• Clock............................. 316
• Power outlet.................. 317
• Assist grips ................... 318
Safety Connect.................. 319
6-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior ..........328
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior ...........333
6-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements ...................336
General maintenance ........339
Emission inspection and
maintenance (I/M)
programs .........................343
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions......................344
Hood..................................347
Positioning a floor jack.......349
Engine compartment .........350
Tires...................................365
Tire inflation pressure........375
Wheels...............................379
Air conditioning filter ..........382
Wireless remote
control/electronic key
battery .............................386
Checking and replacing
fuses................................390
Light bulbs .........................394
5
Interior features
6
Maintenance and care
5
1
8
7
5
4
3
2
9
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
6
7-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers .......... 408
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in
an emergency ................. 409
7-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If your vehicle needs
to be towed ..................... 411
If you think something is
wrong .............................. 418
Fuel pump shut off
system............................. 419
If a warning light turns
on or a warning buzzer
sounds ............................ 420
If a warning message is
displayed......................... 430
If you have a flat tire.......... 435
If the engine will not
start ................................. 446
If the electronic key
does not operate
properly (vehicles with
a smart key system)........ 448
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ...................... 451
If your vehicle
overheats ........................ 455
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................ 458
8-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.) ..........462
Fuel information.................470
Tire information..................473
8-2. Customization
Customizable features.......486
8-3. Items to initialize
Items to initialize................496
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners ........................498
Seat belt instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French)................................499
SRS airbag instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French)................................501
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting).....................512
Alphabetical index......................516
7
When trouble arises
Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL” for information regarding the equipment listed below.
• Navigation system
• Hands-free system
(for cellular phone)
• Rear view monitor system
• Audio system
• Toyota Entune
8
Vehicle specifications
9
For owners
Index
6
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
For your information
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment,
including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment
not installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of color and equipment.
Approximately five hours after the engine is turned off, you may hear a sound
coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of a fuel
evaporation leakage check and it does not indicate a malfunction.
A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehi-
cles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does
not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance,
repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse
effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products. Modi-
fication with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety
or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition,
damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be
covered under warranty.
The installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect
electronic systems such as:
● Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
● Toyota Safety Sense P
● Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range
● Anti-lock brake system
● SRS airbag system
● Seat belt pretensioner system
Be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or spe-
cial instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system.
Main Owner’s Manual
Noise from under the vehicle after turning off the engine
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
7
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Your Toyota is equipped with several sophisticated computers that will record
certain data, such as:
• Engine speed
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Shift position
The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options
with which it is equipped. These computers do not record conversations or
sounds, and only record images outside of the vehicle in certain situations.
● Data Transmission
Your vehicle may transmit the data recorded in these computers to Toyota
without notification to you.
● Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in these computers to diagnose malfunc-
tions, conduct research and development, and improve quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if
the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or
vehicle owner
● Usage of data collected through Safety Connect (U.S. mainland only)
If your Toyota has Safety Connect and if you have subscribed to those ser-
vices, please refer to the Safety Connect Telematics Subscription Service
Agreement for information on data collected and its usage.
● To learn more about the vehicle data collected, used and shared by
Toyota, please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/.
Vehicle data recordings
8
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main pur-
pose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fas-
tened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake
pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ-
ation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving condi-
tions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access
to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer,
other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can
read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
● Disclosure of the EDR data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except
when:
• An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the lessee for a leased vehi-
cle) is obtained
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
However, if necessary, Toyota may:
• Use the data for research on vehicle safety performance
• Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing
information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner
Event data recorder
9
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as a fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota dealer
before you scrap your vehicle.
Special handling may apply,
See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These compo-
nents may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote con-
trol batteries.
Scrapping of your Toyota
Perchlorate Material
WARNING
■ General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influ-
ence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehi-
cle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that
distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
■ General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or
extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.
10
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Reading this manual
WARNING:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause death or
serious injury to people.
NOTICE:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to
or a malfunction in the vehicle or its equipment.
Indicates operating or working procedures. Follow the steps
in numerical order.
Indicates the action (push-
ing, turning, etc.) used to
operate switches and other
devices.
Indicates the outcome of an
operation (e.g. a lid opens).
Indicates the component or
position being explained.
Means “Do not”, “Do not do
this”, or “Do not let this hap-
pen”.
1
2
3
12
Pictorial index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Pictorial index
■
Exterior
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 112
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 112
Opening/closing the side windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 149
Locking/unlocking using the mechanical key
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . P. 448
Back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 119
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 119
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 146
Adjusting the mirror angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 146
Folding the mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 147
Defogging the mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 295
13
Pictorial index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 205
Precautions for winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 286
To prevent freezing (windshield wiper de-icer)
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . P. 295
Precautions for using a car wash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 330
Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 213
Refueling method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 213
Fuel type/fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 464
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 365
Tire size/inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 468
Winter tires/tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 286
Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . P. 365
Coping with flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 435
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 347
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 347
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 464
Coping with overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 455
Camera
*
2
Front side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
Parking lights/daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
Front turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 186
Side turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 186
Tail lights/side marker lights/turn signal lights. . . . . . P. 186, 195
Back-up lights
Shifting the shift lever to R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 181
License plate lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving
(Replacing method: P. 394, Watts: P. 469)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
14
Pictorial index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■Instrument panel
Engine switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 172, 175
Starting the engine/changing the positions
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 172
Starting the engine/changing the modes
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 175
Emergency stop of the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 409
When the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 446
Warning messages
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 430
Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 181
Changing the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 181
Precautions against towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 411
When the shift lever does not move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 184
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 88
Reading the meters/adjusting the instrument panel . . . . . . P. 88, 90
Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 80
When the warning lights come on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 420
15
Pictorial index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 91
If a warning messages or indicator is displayed . . . . . . . . . . . P. 430
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 186
Headlight switch
Headlights/parking lights/tail lights/daytime running lights. . . . P. 195
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 205
Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 211
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 205, 211
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 362
Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 408
Hood lock release lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 347
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . P. 142
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 292
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 292
Rear window defogger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 295
Seat heaters
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 300
Entune Audio
*
4
Trip information/past record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 99
*
1
: Vehicles without a smart key system
*
2
: Vehicles with a smart key system
*
3
: If equipped
*
4
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
16
Pictorial index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■Switches
Automatic High Beam switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 200
Fuel filler door opener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 215
Instrument panel light control dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 90
Window lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 149
Outside rear view mirror switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 146
Power window switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 149
Door lock switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 115
Parking brake switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 187
Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 187, 188
Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 287
Warning buzzer/light/message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 190, 422, 430
VSC off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 281
Brake hold switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 192
17
Pictorial index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Meter control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 92
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 248
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Cruise control switch
Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range. . . . . . . . . P. 248
Talk switch
*
Telephone switches*
Audio remote control switches*
*
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
18
Pictorial index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■Interior
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 32
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 22
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 135
Rear seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 136
Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 138
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 26
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 306
Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 115
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 308
Bottle holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 307
19
Pictorial index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
“SOS” button
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 319
Interior lights/personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 303, 304
Vanity lights* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 315
Assist grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 318
Vanity mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 315
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 315
Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 144
*: If equipped
20
Pictorial index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
21
For safety and security
1
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
1-1. For safe use
Before driving...................... 22
For safe driving ................... 24
Seat belts ............................ 26
SRS airbags........................ 32
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......... 46
Exhaust gas precautions..... 53
1-2. Child safety
Riding with children............. 54
Child restraint systems........ 55
1-3. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system .............................. 74
Theft prevention labels........ 78
22
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Before driving
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same
model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place
onto the carpet.
Insert the retaining hooks (clips)
into the floor mat eyelets.
Turn the upper knob of each
retaining hook (clip) to secure
the floor mats in place.
*: Always align the marks.
The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the
illustration.
Floor mat
1
*
2
23
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause the driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly interfering
with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehicle. This could lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
■ When installing the driver’s floor mat
● Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year
vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
● Only use floor mats designed for the driver’s seat.
● Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) pro-
vided.
● Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
● Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.
■ Before driving
● Check that the floor mat is securely
fixed in the correct place with all the
provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this check
after cleaning the floor.
● With the engine stopped and the shift
lever in P, fully depress each pedal to
the floor to make sure it does not inter-
fere with the floor mat.
24
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
For safe driving
Adjust the angle of the seat-
back so that you are sitting
straight up and so that you do
not have to lean forward to
steer. (P. 13 5 )
Adjust the seat so that you can
depress the pedals fully and so
that your arms bend slightly at
the elbow when gripping the
steering wheel. (P. 135, 142)
Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint
closest to the top of your ears. (P. 13 8 )
Wear the seat belt correctly. (P. 2 6 )
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driv-
ing the vehicle. (P. 2 6 )
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
(P. 55)
For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appropriate
position before driving.
Correct driving posture
Correct use of the seat belts
25
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Make sure that you can see the rear of the vehicle clearly by adjusting
the inside and outside rear view mirrors properly. (P. 144, 146)
Adjusting the mirrors
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint.
● Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an acci-
dent and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
● Always observe the legal speed limit when driving on public roads.
● When driving over long distances, take regular breaks before you start to
feel tired.
Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to con-
tinue driving and take a break immediately.
26
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Seat belts
● Extend the shoulder belt so that
it comes fully over the shoulder,
but does not come into contact
with the neck or slide off the
shoulder.
● Position the lap belt as low as
possible over the hips.
● Adjust the position of the seat-
back. Sit up straight and well
back in the seat.
● Do not twist the seat belt.
To fasten the seat belt, push the
plate into the buckle until a click
sound is heard.
To release the seat belt, press
the release button.
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before
driving the vehicle.
Correct use of the seat belts
Fastening and releasing the seat belt
27
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor down while pressing the
release button.
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor up.
Move the height adjuster up and
down as needed until you hear a
click.
The pretensioners help the seat
belts to quickly restrain the occu-
pants by retracting the seat belts
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal or
side collision, or a vehicle rollover.
The pretensioners do not activate
in the event of a minor frontal
impact, a minor side impact or a
rear impact.
Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)
Seat belt pretensioners (front and outboard rear seats)
28
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
■ Automatic locking retractor (ALR)
When a passenger's shoulder belt is completely extended and then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This
feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly. To free the belt
again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more. (P. 57)
■ Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
● Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (P. 55)
● When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt, follow the instructions regarding seat belt usage. (P. 26)
■ Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate for
the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.
■ Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened
securely because they are not long
enough, a personalized seat belt
extender is available from your Toyota
dealer free of charge.
29
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
■ Wearing a seat belt
● Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
● Always wear a seat belt properly.
● Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at once, including children.
● Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
● To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than
necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
● Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
● Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
■ Pregnant women
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (P. 26)
Women who are pregnant should posi-
tion the lap belt as low as possible over
the hips in the same manner as other
occupants, extending the shoulder belt
completely over the shoulder and avoid-
ing belt contact with the rounding of the
abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only the pregnant woman, but also the
fetus could suffer death or serious injury
as a result of sudden braking or a colli-
sion.
30
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (P. 26)
■ When children are in the vehicle
P. 6 6
■ Seat belt pretensioners (front seats and outboard rear seats)
● Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger's seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger's weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger's weight properly. As a result, the seat belt
pretensioner for the front passenger's seat may not activate in the event of
a collision.
● If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In
that case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at
your Toyota dealer.
■ Adjustable shoulder anchor (front seats)
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off
your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an
accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident. (P. 27)
■ Seat belt damage and wear
● Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
● Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
● Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
● Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
● Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer.
Inappropriate handling may lead to incorrect operation.
31
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Using a seat belt extender
● Do not wear the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without
the extender.
● Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increas-
ing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident.
● The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when
used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the
one originally intended.
NOTICE
■ When using a seat belt extender
When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the
extender, not on the seat belt.
This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.
33
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
◆ SRS front airbags
SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passen-
ger from impact with interior components
SRS driver’s knee airbag
Can help provide driver protection
SRS front passenger’s seat cushion airbag
Can help restrain the front passenger
◆ SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS front side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants
SRS rear side airbags
Can help protect the torso of occupants in the rear outer seats
SRS curtain shield airbags
● Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer
seats
● Can help prevent the occupants from being thrown from the vehi-
cle in the event of vehicle rollover
34
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
SRS airbag system components
Front impact sensors
Front passenger airbag
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG
OFF” indicator lights
Side impact sensors (front)
Side impact sensors (front
doors)
Seat belt pretensioners and
force limiters (front)
Side airbags (front)
Side airbags (rear)
Curtain shield airbags
Side impact sensors (rear)
Driver’s seat position sensor
Driver airbag
Driver’s knee airbag
SRS warning light
Airbag sensor assembly
Seat belt pretensioners and
force limiters (rear)
Seat cushion airbag
Front passenger’s seat belt
buckle switch
Driver’s seat belt buckle
switch
Front passenger occupant
classification system (ECU
and sensors)
35
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based
on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag
sensor assembly (ECU) controls airbag deployment based on infor-
mation obtained from the sensors etc. shown in the system compo-
nents diagram above. This information includes crash severity and
occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in
the inflators quickly fills the airbags with nontoxic gas to help restrain
the motion of the occupants.
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
● The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) advises:
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm)
of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag pro-
vides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from
the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than
10 in. (250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in sev-
eral ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the ped-
als comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in.
(250 mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply
by reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your
seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, non-
slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the air-
bag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view
of the instrument panel controls.
36
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the air-
bag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
● Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint sys-
tem. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (P. 55)
● If the seat belt extender has been con-
nected to the front seat belt buckles but
the seat belt extender has not also been
fastened to the latch plate of the seat
belt, the SRS front airbags will judge
that the driver and front passenger are
wearing the seat belt even though the
seat belt has not been connected. In
this case, the SRS front airbags may
not activate correctly in a collision,
resulting in death or serious injury in the
event of a collision. Be sure to wear the
seat belt with the seat belt extender.
37
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
● Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.
● Do not allow the front seat occupants to
hold items on their knees.
● Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pil-
lars.
● Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seats toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.
38
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● Do not attach anything to or lean any-
thing against areas such as the dash-
board, steering wheel pad and lower
portion of the instrument panel.
These items can become projectiles
when the SRS driver, front passenger
and driver’s knee airbag deploy.
● Do not attach anything to areas such as
the door, windshield, side window, front
or rear pillar, roof side rail and assist
grip.
● Vehicles without a smart key system:
Do not attach any heavy, sharp or hard
objects such as keys and accessories
to the key. The objects may restrict the
SRS driver’s knee airbag inflation or be
thrust into the driver's seat area by the
force of the deploying airbag, thus caus-
ing a danger.
39
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● If a vinyl cover is put on the area where the SRS driver’s knee airbag will
deploy, be sure to remove it.
● Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags and SRS seat cushion airbag inflate as they may interfere with
inflation of the SRS airbags. Such accessories may prevent the side air-
bags and seat cushion airbag from activating correctly, disable the system
or cause the side airbags and seat cushion airbag to inflate accidentally,
resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS air-
bag components or the front doors.
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
● Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS air-
bags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
● If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags have deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
● If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillars garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger's seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger's weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger's weight properly. As a result, the SRS front
airbags for the front passenger may not deploy in the event of a collision.
40
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting your Toyota dealer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or
deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury.
● Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags
● Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rails or front door panels, trims and speakers
● Modifications to the front door panel (such as making a hole in it)
● Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the
occupant compartment
● Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows,
winches or roof luggage carrier
● Modifications to the vehicle’s suspension system
● Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios and CD
players
● Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability
41
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
● Slight abrasions, burns, bruising, etc., may be sustained from SRS airbags,
due to the extremely high speed deployment (inflation) by hot gases.
● A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
● Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as
well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side rails,
may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
● The windshield may crack.
● For Safety Connect subscribers, if the SRS airbags deploy or in the event of
a severe rear-end collision, the system is designed to send an emergency
call to the response center, notifying them of the vehicle’s location (without
needing to push the “SOS” button) and an agent will attempt to speak with
the occupants to ascertain the level of emergency and assistance required.
If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automatically treats
the call as an emergency and helps to dispatch the necessary emergency
services. ( P. 319)
■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags)
● The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the
set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately
12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not
move or deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following
situations:
• If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole,
which can move or deform on impact
• If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a
truck
● Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt pre-
tensioners will activate.
● The SRS seat cushion airbag on the front seats will not operate if the occu-
pant is not wearing a seat belt.
■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
● The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an
impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding
to the impact force produced by an approximately 3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle
colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle
orientation at an approximate speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h]).
● The SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle rollover.
● The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may also deploy in the event of a
severe frontal collision.
42
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than
a collision
The SRS front airbags and SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy if a
serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples are
shown in the illustration.
The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situations shown
in the illustration.
■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front air-
bags)
The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal
collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward
deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
● Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard
surface
● Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
● Landing hard or falling
● The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal
● The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone
● Collision from the side
● Collision from the rear
● Vehicle rollover
43
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS side and
curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is
subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the
side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
The SRS side airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
frontal or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side
collision.
The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is involved in a
low-speed side or low-speed frontal collision.
● Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger compart-
ment
● Collision from the side at an angle
● Collision from the front
● Collision from the rear
● Vehicle rollover
● Collision from the rear
● Pitching end over end
44
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Con-
tact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
● Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
● The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.
● A portion of a door or its surrounding
area is damaged, deformed or has had a
hole made in it, or the vehicle was
involved in an accident that was not
severe enough to cause the SRS side
and curtain shield airbags to inflate.
● The pad section of the steering wheel,
dashboard near the front passenger air-
bag or lower portion of the instrument
panel is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
45
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● The front passenger’s seat cushion sur-
face is scratched, cracked, or otherwise
damaged.
● The surface of the seats with the side
airbag is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
● The portion of the front pillars, rear pil-
lars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the curtain shield airbags
inside is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
46
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Front passenger occupant classification
system
SRS warning light
Seat belt reminder light
“AIR BAG ON” indicator light
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classi-
fication system. This system detects the conditions of the front
passenger seat and activates or deactivates the devices for the
front passenger.
Canada
U.S.A.
47
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Adult*
1
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classi-
fication system
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG ON”
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Activated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Seat cushion airbag in the front passenger
side
Activated*
2
or
deactivated
*
3
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
48
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Child*
4
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG OFF”
or “AIR BAG
ON”
*
4
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Deactivated or
activated
*
4
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Seat cushion airbag
in the front passenger side
Deactivated or
activated
*
2, 4
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
49
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Child restraint system with infant*
5
■ Unoccupied
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
OFF”
*
6
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Seat cushion airbag
in the front passenger side
Deactivated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG OFF”
SRS warning light
Off
Seat belt reminder light
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Seat cushion airbag
in the front passenger side
Deactivated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
50
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
There is a malfunction in the system
*
1
: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller
adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may not recognize him/
her as an adult depending on his/her physique and posture.
*
2
: In the event the front passenger is wearing a seat belt.
*
3
: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt
*
4
: For some children, child in seat, child in booster seat or child in convertible
seat, the system may not recognize him/her as a child. Factors which may
affect this can be the physique or posture.
*
5
: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only be installed on the
front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (P. 55)
*
6
: In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this manual on how to
install the child restraint system properly. (P. 57)
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG OFF”
SRS warning light
On
Seat belt reminder light
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Seat cushion airbag
in the front passenger side
Deactivated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
51
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger occupant
classification system.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● Wear the seat belt properly.
● Make sure the front passenger’s seat belt plate has not been left inserted
into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat.
● Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not illuminated when using
the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat
belt buckle, and reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender
after making sure the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If you
use the seat belt extender while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illumi-
nated, the SRS airbags for the front passenger may not activate, which
could cause death or serious injury in the event of a collision.
● Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat.
● Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or
feet on the front passenger seat seatback from the rear passenger seat.
● Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or
press on the seatback with their legs.
● Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.
52
1-1. For safe use
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
● Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches the rear
seat. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light to be illuminated,
which indicates that the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not
deploy in the event of a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear
seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the rear
seat. Keep the front passenger seatback as upright as possible when the
vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the
effectiveness of the seat belt system.
● If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indicator
light is illuminated. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the
passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and
with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator still
remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or
if that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward.
● When it is unavoidable to install a forward-facing child restraint system on
the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat in the proper order. (P. 57)
● Do not modify or remove the front seats.
● Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Other-
wise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the
front passenger occupant classification system. In this case, contact your
Toyota dealer immediately.
● Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat should not contact the
front seatbacks.
● Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion and seat cover, that cov-
ers the seat cushion surface.
● Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.
53
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Exhaust gas precautions
Harmful substance to the human body is included in exhaust
gases if inhaled.
WARNING
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and
odorless. Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases enter the vehicle and may lead to
an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
■ Important points while driving
● Keep the back door closed.
● If you smell exhaust gases in the vehicle even when the back door is
closed, open the windows and have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
■ When parking
● If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a
garage, stop the engine.
● Do not leave the vehicle with the engine on for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space
and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
● Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it
is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is
running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
■ Exhaust pipe
The exhaust system needs to be checked periodically. If there is a hole or
crack caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be
sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer.
54
1-2. Child safety
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Riding with children
● It is recommended that children sit in the rear seats to avoid acci-
dental contact with the shift lever, wiper switch, etc.
● Use the rear door child-protector lock or the window lock switch to
avoid children opening the door while driving or operating the
power window accidentally. (P. 116, 149)
● Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or
pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, back door,
seats, etc.
Observe the following precautions when children are in the vehi-
cle.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the
child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt.
WARNING
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the side windows, the moon roof (if equipped) or other features of the vehi-
cle. In addition, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the
vehicle can be fatal to children.
55
1-2. Child safety
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Child restraint systems
Points to remember......................................................................P. 55
Child restraint system ..................................................................P. 57
When using a child restraint system ............................................P. 58
Child restraint system installation method
• Fixed with a seat belt ...............................................................P. 61
• Fixed with a child restraint LATCH anchor...............................P. 67
• Using an anchor bracket (for top tether strap) .........................P. 70
The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. as well as Canada now require
the use of child restraint systems.
● Prioritize and observe the warnings, as well as the laws and regula-
tions for child restraint systems.
● Use a child restraint system until the child becomes large enough to
properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
● Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is appro-
priate to the age and size of the child.
Before installing a child restraint system in the vehicle, there are
precautions that need to be observed, different types of child
restraint systems, as well as installation methods, etc., written in
this manual.
● Use a child restraint system when riding with a small child that
cannot properly use a seat belt. For the child’s safety, install the
child restraint system to a rear seat. Be sure to follow the installa-
tion method that is in the operation manual enclosed with the
restraint system.
Table of contents
Points to remember
56
1-2. Child safety
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When a child is riding
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
which is correctly installed. For installation details, refer to the operation
manual enclosed with the child restraint system. General installation
instruction is provided in this manual.
● Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that con-
forms to the weight and size of the child, installed on the rear seat. Accord-
ing to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the
rear seat than in the front seat.
● Holding a child in your or someone else’s arms is not a substitute for a
child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be crushed against the
windshield or between the holder and the interior of the vehicle.
■ Handling the child restraint system
If the child restraint system is not properly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of sudden
braking, sudden swerving, or an accident.
● If the vehicle were to receive a strong impact from an accident, etc., it is
possible that the child restraint system has damage that is not readily visi-
ble. In such cases, do not reuse the restraint system.
● Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided
with the child restraint system manufacturer and that the system is prop-
erly secured.
● Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use. Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the pas-
senger compartment.
● If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the luggage compartment.
57
1-2. Child safety
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Types of child restraint system installation methods
Confirm with the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint
system about the installation of the child restraint system.
Child restraint system
Installation method Page
Seat belt
attachment
P. 61
Child
restraint
LATCH
anchors
attachment
P. 67
Anchor
brackets (for
top tether
strap) attach-
ment
P. 70
58
1-2. Child safety
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
When installing a child restraint system to a front passenger
seat
For the safety of a child, install a child restraint system to a rear
seat. When installing child restraint system to a front passenger
seat is unavoidable, adjust the seat as follows and install the child
restraint system.
● Raise the seatback as much
as possible
● Move the seat to the rear-
most position
● If the head restraint interferes
with the child restraint sys-
tem installation and the head
restraint can be removed,
remove the head restraint
When using a child restraint system
59
1-2. Child safety
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When using a child restraint system
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated. In the event
of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag
can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-facing child
restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat.
● A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front pas-
senger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that
requires a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat
since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front passenger seat.
If the head restraint interferes with the child restraint system installation
and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint.
● A forward-facing child restraint system
may be installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable. When
installing a forward-facing child restraint
system on the front passenger seat,
move the seat as far back as possible,
even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator
light is illuminated.
● Do not allow the child to lean his/her
head or any part of his/her body against
the door or the area of the seat, front or
rear pillars, or roof side rails from which
the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain
shield airbags deploy even if the child is
seated in the child restraint system. It is
dangerous if the SRS side airbags and
curtain shield airbags inflate, and the
impact could cause death or serious
injury to the child.
60
1-2. Child safety
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When using a child restraint system
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder.
● Use child restraint system suitable to the age and size of the child and
install it to the rear seat.
● If the driver’s seat interferes with the
child restraint system and prevents it
from being attached correctly, attach the
child restraint system to the right-hand
rear seat.
● Adjust the front passenger seat so that
it does not interfere with the child
restraint system.
61
1-2. Child safety
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be prop-
erly restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
◆ Installing child restraint system using a seat belt (child
restraint lock function belt)
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation
manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
■ Rear-facing — Infant seat/convertible seat
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the rear seat facing
the rear of the vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.
Child restraint system fixed with a seat belt
1
2
3
62
1-2. Child safety
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
While pushing the child
restraint system down into
the rear seat, allow the
shoulder belt to retract until
the child restraint system is
securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.
After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to
ensure that it is installed securely. (P. 66)
■ Forward-facing — Convertible seat
If installing the child restraint system to the front passenger seat
is unavoidable, refer to P. 58 for front passenger seat adjustment.
If the head restraint interferes
with the child restraint sys-
tem installation and the head
restraint can be removed,
remove the head restraint.
(P. 138)
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the seat facing the
front of the vehicle.
4
5
1
2
3
63
1-2. Child safety
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.
While pushing the child
restraint system into the rear
seat, allow the shoulder belt
to retract until the child
restraint system is securely
in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.
If the child restraint has a top tether strap, follow the child
restraint manufacturer’s operation manual regarding the installa-
tion, using the top tether strap to latch onto the top tether strap
anchor. (P. 7 0)
After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to
ensure that it is installed securely. (P. 66)
4
5
6
7
8
64
1-2. Child safety
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Booster seat
If installing the child restraint system to the front passenger seat
is unavoidable, refer to P. 58 for front passenger seat adjustment.
High back type: If the head
restraint interferes with your
child restraint system, and
the head restraint can be
removed, remove the head
restraint. (P. 138)
Place the child restraint system on the seat facing the front of the
vehicle.
Sit the child in the child
restraint system. Fit the seat
belt to the child restraint sys-
tem according to the manu-
facturer’s instructions and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is correctly positioned over the child’s
shoulder and that the lap belt is as low as possible. (P. 26)
1
2
3
Booster type High back type
4
65
1-2. Child safety
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
◆ Removing a child restraint system installed with a seat belt
Press the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
When releasing the buckle, the
child restraint system may
spring up due to the rebound of
the seat cushion. Release the
buckle while holding down the
child restraint system.
Since the seat belt automatically
reels itself, slowly return it to the
stowing position.
66
1-2. Child safety
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When installing a child restraint system
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious inju-
ries that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be
used to cut the belt.
● Ensure that the belt and plate are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
● Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
● After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
● When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder.
● Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
● When securing some types of child restraint systems in rear seats, it may
not be possible to properly use the seat belts in positions next to the child
restraint without interfering with it or affecting seat belt effectiveness. Be
sure your seat belt fits snugly across your shoulder and low on your hips. If
it does not, or if it interferes with the child restraint, move to a different
position. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When installing a booster seat
To prevent the belt from going into ALR lock mode, do not fully extend the
shoulder belt. ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only. This could cause
injury or discomfort to the child. (P. 28)
■ Do not use a seat belt extender
If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the
seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause
death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of sud-
den braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
67
1-2. Child safety
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Child restraint LATCH anchors
LATCH anchors are provided
for the rear outboard seats.
(Buttons displaying the location
of the anchors are attached to
the seats.)
■ When installing in the rear outboard seats
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation
manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
If the head restraint interferes with the child restraint system
installation and the head restraint can be removed, remove the
head restraint. (P. 138)
Flip up and fold the cover,
and fix it with the hook-and-
loop fastener.
Child restraint system fixed with a child restraint LATCH anchor
1
2
68
1-2. Child safety
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
With flexible lower attachments
Latch the hooks of the lower
straps onto the LATCH
anchors.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child
restraint system indicates the
presence of a lower connec-
tor system.
With rigid lower attachments
Latch the buckles onto the
LATCH anchors.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child
restraint system indicates the
presence of a lower connec-
tor system.
Canada only
3
Canada only
3
69
1-2. Child safety
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
If the child restraint has a top tether strap, follow the child
restraint manufacturer’s operation manual regarding the installa-
tion, using the top tether strap to latch onto the top tether strap
anchor. (P. 7 0)
After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to
ensure that it is installed securely. (P. 66)
■ When installing in the rear center seat
There are no LATCH anchors behind the rear center seat. How-
ever, the inboard LATCH anchors of the outboard seats, which are
16.1 in. (410 mm) apart, can be used if the child restraint system
manufacturer’s instructions permit use of those anchors with the
anchor spacing stated.
Child restraint systems with rigid lower attachments cannot be
installed in the center seat. This type of child restraint system can
only be installed in the outboard seat.
■ Laws and regulations pertaining to anchors
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifica-
tions can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform to SAE J1819.
4
5
70
1-2. Child safety
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Anchor brackets (for top tether strap)
Anchor brackets are provided for each rear seat.
Use anchor brackets when fix-
ing the top tether strap.
WARNING
■ When installing a child restraint system
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint system.
● Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
● Never attach two child restraint system attachments to the same anchor. In
a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child
restraint system attachments and may break.
If the LATCH anchors are already in use, use the seat belt to install a child
restraint system in the center seat.
● When securing some types of child restraint systems in rear seats, it may
not be possible to properly use the seat belts in positions next to the child
restraint without interfering with it or affecting seat belt effectiveness. Be
sure your seat belt fits snugly across your shoulder and low on your hips. If
it does not, or if it interferes with the child restraint, move to a different
position. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● If the seat is adjusted, reconfirm the security of the child restraint system.
Using an anchor bracket (for top tether strap)
71
1-2. Child safety
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Fixing the top tether strap to the anchor bracket
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation
manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
Rear outboard seats
Remove the head restraint.
(P. 138)
Latch the hook onto the
anchor bracket and tighten
the top tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched. (P. 66)
If the head restraint does not
interfere with the child
restraint system installation,
install the head restraint.
1
Top tether strap
Hook
2
3
72
1-2. Child safety
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Rear center seat
Adjust the head restraint to
the upmost position.
If the head restraint interferes
with your child restraint system,
and the head restraint can be
removed, remove the head
restraint. (P. 138)
Latch the hook onto the
anchor bracket and tighten
the top tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched.
When installing the child
restraint system with the head
restraint being raised, be sure to
have the top tether strap pass
underneath the head restraint.
1
Top tether strap
Hook
2
73
1-2. Child safety
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Laws and regulations pertaining to anchors
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifica-
tions can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform to SAE J1819.
WARNING
■ When installing a child restraint system
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Firmly attach the top tether strap and make sure that the belt is not twisted.
● Do not attach the top tether strap to anything other than the anchor
bracket.
● After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
● Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
● Rear center seat: When installing the child restraint system with the head
restraint being raised, after the head restraint has been raised and then
the anchor bracket has been fixed, do not lower the head restraint.
74
1-3. Theft deterrent system
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Engine immobilizer system
Vehicles without a smart key sys-
tem:
The indicator light flashes after
the key has been removed from
the engine switch to indicate that
the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing
after the registered key has been
inserted into the engine switch to
indicate that the system has been
canceled.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The indicator light flashes after the engine switch has been turned off
to indicate that the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing after the engine switch has been
turned to ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode to indicate that the
system has been canceled.
The vehicle’s keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent
the engine from starting if a key has not been previously regis-
tered in the vehicle’s on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehi-
cle.
This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does
not guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts.
75
1-3. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type engine immobilizer system.
■ Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
● If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object
● If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system
(key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle
■ Certifications for the engine immobilizer system
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
For vehicles sold in Canada
80
2. Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Warning lights and indicators
The units used on the meters and some indicators may differ depending on
the target region.
The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster and
center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s vari-
ous systems.
For the purpose of explanation, the following illustration dis-
plays all warning lights and indicators illuminated.
81
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated vehi-
cle’s systems.
Warning lights
Warning lights Pages
*
1
Brake system warning light (red) (U.S.A.) P. 420
*
1
Brake system warning light (red) (Canada) P. 420
*
1
Malfunction indicator lamp (U.S.A.) P. 421
*
1
Malfunction indicator lamp (Canada) P. 421
*
1
SRS warning light P. 421
*
1
ABS warning light (U.S.A.) P. 421
*
1
ABS warning light (Canada) P. 421
*
1
Electric power steering system warning light
(red)
P. 421
*
1
Electric power steering system warning light
(yellow)
P. 421
*
1, 2
Slip indicator light P. 421
*
1
Brake system warning light (yellow) P. 422
*
1, 3
PCS warning light P. 422
82
2. Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
*
1
: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position
(vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles
with a smart key system) to indicate that a system check is being per-
formed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds.
There may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if
the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
2
: The light comes on to indicate a malfunction.
*
3
: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
*
3
Parking brake indicator (U.S.A.) P. 422
*
3
Parking brake indicator (Canada) P. 422
Low fuel level warning light P. 422
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light
P. 423
Rear passengers’ seat belt reminder lights (on
the center panel)
P. 423
*
1
Tire pressure warning light P. 423
Warning lights Pages
83
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicle’s
various systems.
Indicators
Indicators Pages
Turn signal indicator P. 186
Headlight indicator (U.S.A.) P. 195
Tail light indicator (Canada) P. 195
Headlight high beam indicator P. 196
Automatic High Beam indicator P. 200
Parking brake indicator (U.S.A.) P. 187
Parking brake indicator (Canada) P. 187
“BSM” indicator (if equipped) P. 265
*
1
BSM outside rear view mirror indicator
(on the outside rear view mirrors) (if equipped)
P. 265
“RCTA” indicator (if equipped) P. 265
Security indicator (on the center panel) P. 74
*
2, 3
Slip indicator light P. 281
84
2. Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
*
1
: In order to confirm operation, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators
illuminate in the following situations:
• When the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without
a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key
system), the BSM function is enabled on the screen of the multi-
information display.
• When the BSM function is enabled on the screen of the multi-infor-
mation display, the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles
without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a
smart key system).
If the system is functioning correctly, the BSM outside rear view mirror indi-
cators will turn off after a few seconds.
If the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators do not illuminate or do not
turn off, there may be a malfunction in the system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
2
: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position
(vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles
with a smart key system) to indicate that a system check is being per-
formed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds.
There may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if
the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
3
: The light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
*
4
: The light turns on when the system is off.
*
2, 4
VSC off indicator P. 281
*
2, 4
PCS warning light P. 228
*
2
“AIR BAG ON/OFF” indicator (U.S.A.)
(on the center panel)
P. 46
*
2
“AIR BAG ON/OFF” indicator (Canada)
(on the center panel)
P. 46
Indicators Pages
85
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
*: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position
(vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles
with a smart key system) to indicate that a system check is being per-
formed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds.
There may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if
the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Indicators and symbols displayed on the multi-information dis-
play
Indicators Pages
* Brake hold operated indicator P. 192
* Brake hold standby indicator P. 192
LDA indicator P. 241
Cruise control indicator P. 248
Cruise control “SET” indicator P. 248
Radar cruise control indicator P. 248
“SPORT” indicator P. 263
“ECO MODE” indicator P. 263
Eco Driving Indicator Light P. 87
Low outside temperature indicator P. 88
86
2. Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Symbols on multi-information display Pages
Charging system warning light P. 420
Low engine oil pressure warning light P. 420
High engine coolant temperature warning light P. 423
Smart key system (if equipped) P. 175
Brake Override System/Drive-Start Control P. 424
87
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Eco Driving Indicator Light
Eco Driving Indicator Light will not operate in the following conditions:
● The shift lever is in anything other than D.
● The vehicle is being driven in “SPORT” mode (P. 263)
● The vehicle speed is approximately 80 mph (130 km/h) or higher.
During Eco-Friendly acceleration (Eco
driving), Eco Driving Indicator Light will
turn on. When the acceleration exceeds
Zone of Eco driving, and when the vehicle
is stopped, the light turns off.
Eco Driving Indicator Light availability can
be customized. The default setting is on.
(P. 488)
WARNING
■ If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as ABS and SRS airbag warning light not
come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems are
not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in death
or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
88
2. Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Gauges and meters
The units used on the speedometer may differ depending on the tar-
get region.
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute.
Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of driving-related data. (P. 91)
Displays warning messages in case of a malfunction. (P. 430)
Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed.
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank.
Outside temperature display
Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40°F (-40°C) to
122°F (50°C). Low outside temperature indicator comes on when the
ambient temperature is 37°F (3°C) or lower.
89
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Odometer and trip meter display
Displays the following items.
Odometer:
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter:
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter was last
reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and display different dis-
tances independently.
Maintenance required information (U.S.A. only):
Displays the remaining distance until the engine oil should be changed. If
“-” is displayed before distance, it means oil maintenance is overdue. Have
the engine oil changed by your Toyota dealer.
• Displays the maintenance required information when the engine switch
is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key system) or in
IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system).
• Maintenance required information reset method (P. 337)
Shift position and shift range display
Displays the selected shift position or selected shift range. (P. 181)
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
Switches the items of the odome-
ter and trip meter display by
pressing the “TRIP” switch.
When the trip meter is displayed,
pressing and holding the “TRIP”
switch will reset the trip meter.
Changing the display
90
2. Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted.
Brighter
Darker
■ The meters and display illuminate when
Vehicles without a smart key system:
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ Outside temperature display
● In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be dis-
played, or the display may take longer than normal to change.
• When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 16 mph [25 km/h])
• When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/
exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
● If “” is displayed continuously, the system may be malfunctioning. Tak e
your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Instrument panel light control
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the engine and its components
● Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which
indicates the maximum engine speed.
● The engine may be overheating if the engine coolant temperature gauge
enters the red zone (“H”). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a
safe place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (P. 455)
91
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Multi-information display
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of vehi-
cle data.
● Menu icons
Displays the following informa-
tion when an icon is selected.
(P. 92)
Some of the information may be
displayed automatically
depending on the situation.
Drive information
Select to display various drive data. (P. 92)
Navigation system-linked display (if equipped)
P. 9 4
Audio system-linked display
Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the meter
using the meter control switches.
Driving assist system information
Select to display the operational status of the following systems:
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert) (P. 238)
• Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range (P. 248)
Warning message display
Select to display warning messages and measures to be taken if a
malfunction is detected. (P. 430)
Display contents
92
2. Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Settings display
Select to change the meter display settings and the operation set-
tings of some vehicle functions. (P. 94)
The multi-information display is
operated using the meter control
switches.
Return to the previous screen
Enter/set
Select an item/change pages
● Current fuel consumption (zone display/numerical display)
*
1
Displays the current rate of fuel consumption.
● Average fuel consumption (after reset*
2
/after start/after refuel)*
1
Displays the average fuel consumption since the function was reset, the
engine was started, and the vehicle was refueled, respectively
Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.
● Average vehicle speed (after reset*
2
/after start)*
1
Displays the average vehicle speed since the function was reset and the
engine was started, respectively
● Elapsed time (after reset*
2
/after start)*
1
Displays the elapsed time since the function was reset and the engine was
started, respectively
Operating the meter control switches
Drive information
93
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● Distance (driving range/after start)*
1
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the
quantity of fuel remaining and the distance driven after the engine was
started, respectively
• This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As
a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
• When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may
not be updated.
When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled with-
out turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
● Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display
P. 9 6
● Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed.
● G Monitor
P. 9 7
● Sway warning
Detects the sway of the vehicle within a lane, which is often associated
with a decrease in the driver’s attention level, and displays the decrease in
attention using a bar display.
The shorter the bar length, the more the driver may need to rest.
This display is a part of the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering con-
trol). The display is enabled when the operating conditions of the vehicle
sway warning are met. (P. 238)
● Display off
A blank screen is displayed.
*
1
: Can be registered to Drive information 1 and 2. (P. 94)
*
2
: Resetting procedures:
• Select a function to be reset using the meter control switches and then
press and hold to reset.
• If there is more than one function that can be reset, check boxes will be
displayed next to those functions.
94
2. Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Displays the following items, which are linked to the navigation sys-
tem:
■ Street name
When the navigation system is performing route guidance, the
name of the next street will be displayed on the top of the display
area.
■ Route guidance to destination
Displayed when the navigation system is performing route guid-
ance. When approaching an intersection, an arrow will be displayed
to indicate the suggested direction of travel.
■ Compass
Displays the direction of travel.
The settings of the following items can be changed, refer to P. 486.
For functions that can be enabled or disabled, the function switches
between on and off each time is pressed.
● LDA (Lane Departure Alert) (P. 238)
Select to set up the following items.
• Steering Assist on/off
• Alert sensitivity
• Sway Alert on/off
• Sway sensitivity
● PCS (Pre-Collision System) (P. 224)
Select to set up the following items.
• PCS on/off
• PCS sensitivity
Navigation system-linked display (if equipped)
Settings display
95
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) (if equipped) (P. 2 65 )
Select to set up the following items.
• BSM function on/off
• RCTA function on/off
*
*
: The RCTA function can be enabled/disabled only when the BSM func-
tion is enabled.
● Driving mode select (P. 263)
● Vehicle Settings
(Tire pressure warning system) setup (P. 367)
Select to initialize the tire pressure warning system.
● Meter settings
Select the menu to set up the following items.
• Language
Select to change the language on the display.
•Units
Select to change the unit of measure for fuel consumption.
• (Eco Driving Indicator Light) setup
Select to activate/deactivate the Eco Driving Indicator Light
• Drive information 1 and 2
Select to select up to 2 items that will be displayed on a Drive informa-
tion screen, up to 2 Drive information screens can be set.
• Pop-up display
Select to set the pop-up displays*, which may appear in some situa-
tions, on/off.
• Speed limit
Select to setup speed limit indicated based on navigation system
(U.S.A. only)
• Default settings
Registered or changed meter settings will be deleted or returned to their
default setting.
*: Route guidance display of the navigation system-linked system (if
equipped) and incoming call display of the hands-free phone system.
96
2. Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Setting items
● “Meter Settings” and “Vehicle Settings” setting items are not selectable
during driving and cannot be operated.
Also, the settings screen is temporarily canceled in the following situations.
• A warning message is displayed.
• The vehicle starts off.
● Settings for functions not equipped to the vehicle are not displayed.
● When a function is turned off, the related settings for that function are not
selectable.
■ Pop-up display
In some situations, such as when a switch operation is performed, a pop-up
display will be temporarily displayed on the multi-information display.
■ Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.
■ When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals
The drive information will be reset.
■ Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display
Suggests Zone of Eco driving and Eco
driving ratio based on acceleration.
Zone of Eco driving
Eco driving ratio based on accelera-
tion
If the vehicle exceeds Zone of Eco
driving, the green area disappears
and Eco Driving Indicator Light will
turn off. (P. 87)
97
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ G Monitor
■ Ending display
When the engine switch is turned off, each of the following will be displayed
on the multi-information display, and will extinguish after approximately
30 seconds.
● Elapsed time
● Distance
● Average fuel consumption
The following item is displayed.
G-force display
Displays the current G-force state.
98
2. Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Caution for use while driving
● When operating the multi-information display while driving, pay extra
attention to the safety of the area around the vehicle.
● Do not look continuously at the multi-information display while driving as
you may fail to see pedestrians, objects on the road, etc. ahead of the
vehicle.
■ The information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display
monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag between the driver’s shifting and the new gear
number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to down-
shift again, causing rapid and excessive engine braking and possibly an
accident resulting in death or injury.
■ Cautions during setting up the display
As the engine needs to be running during setting up the display, ensure that
the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area
such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO)
may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
NOTICE
■ While setting up the display
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while setting
up the display features.
100
2. Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Press the “MENU” button.
Select “Info” on the “Menu”
screen.
Select “ECO” on the “Infor-
mation” screen.
If the “History” screen is dis-
played, select “Trip Information”.
Resetting the consumption
data
Average vehicle speed since
the engine was started
Elapsed time since the
engine was started
Fuel consumption in the past
15 minutes
Cruising range (P. 101)
Current fuel consumption
Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by
color into past averages and averages attained since the engine
switch was last turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a
smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart
key system). Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a ref-
erence.
This image is an example only.
Trip information
1
2
3
101
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Press the “MENU” button.
Select “Info” on the “Menu” screen.
Select “ECO” on the “Information” screen.
If the “Trip Information” screen is displayed, select “History”.
Resetting the past record
data
Best recorded fuel consump-
tion
Current fuel economy
Previous fuel consumption
record
Entune Audio and Entune Audio Plus
Displays the daily average fuel consumption. (Instead of the date,
“Trip 1” through “Trip 5” will be displayed.)
Entune Premium Audio
Displays the daily average fuel consumption
Updating the average fuel consumption data
The average fuel consumption history is divided by color into past
averages and the average fuel consumption since the last updated.
Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.
This image is an example only.
■ Updating the past record data
Update the average fuel consumption by selecting “Clip” to measure the cur-
rent fuel consumption again.
■ Resetting the data
The fuel consumption data can be deleted by selecting “Clear”.
■ Cruising range
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the quan-
tity of fuel remaining.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption.
As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
History
1
2
3
103
3
Operation of
each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
3-1. Key information
Keys .................................. 104
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Side doors......................... 112
Back door.......................... 119
Smart key system ............. 125
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats ........................ 135
Rear seats......................... 136
Head restraints.................. 138
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel .................. 142
Inside rear view mirror ...... 144
Outside rear view
mirrors............................. 146
3-5. Opening and closing
the windows
Power windows ................. 149
104
3-1. Key information
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Keys
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
Vehicles without a smart key system (type A)
Key (with a wireless remote
control function)
Operating the wireless remote con-
trol function
Key (without a wireless remote
control function)
Key number plate
Vehicles without a smart key system (type B)
Key (with a wireless remote
control function)
Operating the wireless remote con-
trol function
Key number plate
Vehicles with a smart key system
Electronic keys
• Operating the smart key system
(P. 125)
• Operating the wireless remote
control function
Mechanical keys
Key number plate
The keys
105
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Vehicles without a smart key system
Locks all the doors
(P. 11 2)
Sounds the alarm (P. 10 6)
Unlocks the door (P. 112)
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door. Pressing the button
again within 3 seconds unlocks the
other doors.
Opens the windows* (P. 11 2)
*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Vehicles with a smart key system
Locks all the doors
(P. 11 2)
Sounds the alarm (P. 10 6)
Unlocks the door (P. 112)
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door. Pressing the button
again within 3 seconds unlocks the
other doors.
Opens the windows* (P. 11 2)
*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Press the button to open the key.
To stow, press the button then fold
the key.
Wireless remote control
Using the key (vehicles without a smart key system)
106
3-1. Key information
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
To take out the mechanical key,
slide the release lever and take
the key out.
The mechanical key can only be
inserted in one direction, as the
key only has grooves on one side.
If the key cannot be inserted in a
lock cylinder, turn it over and re-
attempt to insert it.
After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the
mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key bat-
tery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will
need the mechanical key. (P. 448)
■ Panic mode
■ If you lose your keys
New genuine keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using the other key
(vehicles without a smart key system) or mechanical key (vehicles with a
smart key system) and the key number stamped on your key number plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.
Using the mechanical key (vehicles with a smart key system)
When is pressed for longer than
about one second, an alarm will sound
intermittently and the vehicle lights will
flash to deter any person from trying to
break into or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, press any button on the
key (with a wireless remote control func-
tion) or electronic key.
107
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ When riding in an aircraft
When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an aircraft,
make sure you do not press any buttons on the key while inside the aircraft
cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag, etc., ensure that the buttons are
not likely to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the key to
emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.
■ Conditions affecting the operation of the smart key system or wireless
remote control
Vehicles without a smart key system
The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the follow-
ing situations:
● When the wireless key battery is depleted
● Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
● When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless communi-
cation devices
● When multiple wireless keys are in the vicinity
● When the wireless key is in contact with, or is covered by a metallic object
● When a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby
● When the wireless key has been left near an electrical appliance such as a
personal computer
● If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
rear window
Vehicles with a smart key system
P. 128
108
3-1. Key information
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Key battery depletion
Vehicles without a smart key system
If the wireless remote control function does not operate, the battery may be
depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (P. 386)
Vehicles with a smart key system
● The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years.
● If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the engine
stops. (P. 386)
● As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery will become
depleted even if the electronic key is not used. The following symptoms indi-
cate that the electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery
when necessary. (P. 386)
• The smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate.
• The detection area becomes smaller.
• The LED indicator on the key surface does not turn on.
The battery can be exchanged by the users. (P. 386) However, as there
may be damage to the key when exchanging, it is recommended to have
the battery exchanged at your Toyota Dealer.
● To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft.
(1 m) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field:
•TVs
• Personal computers
• Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
• Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
• Table lamps
• Induction cookers
■ When the key battery is fully depleted
P. 386
■ Confirmation of the registered key number (vehicles with a smart key
system)
The number of keys already registered to the vehicle can be confirmed. Ask
your Toyota dealer for details.
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. wireless remote control system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 486)
111
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
NOTICE
■ To prevent key damage
● Do not drop the keys, subject them to strong shocks, or bend them.
● Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of time.
● Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer, etc.
● Do not attach metallic or magnetic materials to the keys or place the keys
close to such materials.
● Do not disassemble the keys.
● Do not attach a sticker or anything else to the surface of the electronic key
and key (with a wireless remote control function).
● Vehicles with a smart key system: Do not place the keys near objects that
produce magnetic fields, such as TVs, audio systems and induction cook-
ers, or medical electrical equipment, such as low-frequency therapy equip-
ment.
■ Carrying the electronic key on your person (vehicles with a smart key
system)
Carry the electronic key 3.9 in. (10 cm) or more away from electric appli-
ances that are turned on. Radio waves emitted from electric appliances
within 3.9 in. (10 cm) of the electronic key may interfere with the key, caus-
ing the key to not function properly.
■ In case of a smart key system malfunction or other key-related prob-
lems (vehicles with a smart key system)
Take your vehicle with all the electronic keys provided with your vehicle to
your Toyota dealer.
■ When an electronic key is lost (vehicles with a smart key system)
If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases signifi-
cantly. Visit your Toyota dealer immediately with all remaining electronic
keys that was provided with your vehicle.
112
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Side doors
◆ Entry function (vehicles with a smart key system)
Carry the electronic key to enable this function.
Grip the driver’s door handle
to unlock the door. Grip the
passenger’s door handle to
unlock all the doors.*
Make sure to touch the sensor
on the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked
for 3 seconds after the doors are
locked.
Touch the lock sensor (the indentation on the side of the front
door handle) to lock all the doors.
Check that the door is securely locked.
*: The door unlock settings can be changed. (P. 117, 491)
◆ Wireless remote control
Vehicles without a smart key system
Locks all the doors
Check that the door is securely
locked.
Unlocks the door
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door.
Pressing the button again within
3 seconds unlocks the other
doors.
Press and hold to open the windows
*
*
: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside
113
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Vehicles with a smart key system
Locks all the doors
Check that the door is securely
locked.
Unlocks the door
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door.
Pressing the button again within
3 seconds unlocks the other
doors.
Press and hold to open the windows
*
*
: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
◆ Key
Turning the key operates the doors as follows:
Vehicles without a smart key system
Locks all the doors
Turn and hold to close the win-
dows
*
Unlocks the door
Turning the key unlocks the
driver’s door. Turning the key
again unlocks the other doors.
Turn and hold to open the win-
dows
*
*
: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key.
(P. 448)
114
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Operation signals
Doors:
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors
have been locked/unlocked using the wireless remote control.
(Locked: once; Unlocked: twice)
Windows:
A buzzer sounds to indicate that the windows are operating.
■ Security feature
Vehicles without a smart key system
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked using the wireless remote control, the security feature automatically
locks the vehicle again.
Vehicles with a smart key system
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote control, the security fea-
ture automatically locks the vehicle again.
■ When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on the surface of the
front door handle (vehicles with a smart key system)
■ Door lock buzzer
Vehicles without a smart key system
If an attempt to lock the doors using the wireless remote control is made
when a door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound continuously for 5 sec-
onds. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the doors again.
Vehicles with a smart key system
If an attempt to lock the doors using the entry function or wireless remote
control is made when a door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound continu-
ously for 5 seconds. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the
doors again.
Use your palm to touch the lock sensor.
115
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ If the smart key system or wireless remote control does not operate
properly
Vehicles with a smart key system: Use the mechanical key to lock and unlock
the doors. (P. 448)
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted. (P. 386)
◆ Door lock switches
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
◆ Inside lock buttons
Locks the door
Unlocks the door
The front doors can be opened
by pulling the inside handle
even if the lock buttons are in
the lock position.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the inside
116
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
Close the door.
Vehicles without a smart key system
The door cannot be locked if the key is in the engine switch.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The door cannot be locked if the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or
IGNITION ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle.
The key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked.
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the lock is
set.
Unlock
Lock
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear doors.
Locking the doors from the outside without a key
Rear door child-protector lock
1
2
117
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Switching the door unlock function (vehicles with a smart key system)
It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks using the wireless
remote control.
Turn the engine switch off.
When the indicator light on the key surface is not on, press and hold for
approximately 5 seconds while pressing and holding .
The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below.
(When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at least
5 seconds, and repeat step .)
■ Open door warning buzzer
If a door or the back door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound when the
vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/h).
The open door(s) or back door is indicated on the multi-information display.
■ Conditions affecting the operation of the smart key system or wireless
remote control
Vehicles without a smart key system
P. 107
Vehicles with a smart key system
P. 128
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. unlocking function using a key) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 486)
1
2
2
2
Multi-information
display
Unlocking function Beep
Holding the driver’s door
handle unlocks only the
driver’s door.
Exterior: Beeps 3 times
Interior: Pings once
Holding the front passen-
ger’s door handle unlocks
all the doors.
Holding a door handle
unlocks all the doors.
Exterior: Beeps twice
Interior: Pings once
118
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out,
resulting in death or serious injury.
● Ensure that all doors are properly closed and locked.
● Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.
Be especially careful for the front doors, as the doors may be opened
even if the inside lock buttons are in locked position.
● Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear
seats.
■ When opening or closing a door
Check the surroundings of the vehicle such as whether the vehicle is on an
incline, whether there is enough space for a door to open and whether a
strong wind is blowing.
When opening or closing the door, hold the door handle tightly to prepare
for any unpredictable movement.
■ When using the wireless remote control or key and operating the
power windows
Operate the power window after checking to make sure that there is no pos-
sibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the side
window. Also, do not allow children to operate the wireless remote control or
key. It is possible for children and other passengers to get caught in the
power window.
■ When closing the rear door
Take extra care to prevent your fingers,
etc., from being caught. Failure to do so
may result in death or serious injury.
119
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Back door
◆ Entry function (vehicles with a smart key system)
Press the button to unlock
the back door.
The door cannot be unlocked for
3 seconds after the door is
locked.
Press the button to lock the
back door.
Check that the door is securely
locked.
◆ Wireless remote control
P. 11 2
◆ Key
P. 11 3
◆ Door lock switches
P. 11 5
The back door can be locked/unlocked and opened by the fol-
lowing procedures.
Unlocking and locking the back door
120
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Raise the back door while pushing
up the back door opener switch.
The back door cannot be closed
immediately after the back door
opener switch is pushed.
Lower the back door using the
back door handle, and make sure
to push the back door down from
the outside to close it.
Be careful not to pull the back door
sideways when closing the back
door with the handle.
■ Operation signals
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors
have been locked/unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote con-
trol. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
■ Open door warning buzzer
If a door or the back door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound when the
vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/h).
The open door(s) or back door is indicated on the multi-information display.
■ Luggage compartment light
The luggage compartment light turns on when the back door is opened.
Opening the back door
When closing the back door
121
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ If the back door opener is inoperative
The back door can be operated from the inside.
Using a screwdriver, remove the cover.
To protect the cover, place a rag
between the flathead screwdriver and
the cover as shown in the illustration.
Loosen the screw.
Turn the cover.
Move the lever.
1
2
3
4
122
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Caution while driving
● Keep the back door closed while driving.
If the back door is left open, it may hit near-by objects while driving or lug-
gage may be unexpectedly thrown out, causing an accident.
In addition, exhaust gases may enter the vehicle, causing death or a seri-
ous health hazard. Make sure to close the back door before driving.
● Before driving the vehicle, make sure that the back door is fully closed. If
the back door is not fully closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving,
causing an accident.
● Never let anyone sit in the luggage compartment. In the event of sudden
braking or a collision, they are susceptible to death or serious injury.
■ When children are in the vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Do not allow children to play in the luggage compartment.
If a child is accidentally locked in the luggage compartment, they could
have heat exhaustion or other injuries.
● Do not allow a child to open or close the back door.
Doing so may cause the back door to move unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing back door.
123
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Operating the back door
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death
or serious injury.
● Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the back door
before opening it. Failure to do so may cause the back door to suddenly
shut again after it is opened.
● When opening or closing the back door, thoroughly check to make sure
the surrounding area is safe.
● If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the back door is about to open or close.
● Use caution when opening or closing the back door in windy weather as it
may move abruptly in strong wind.
● The back door may suddenly shut if it is
not opened fully. It is more difficult to
open or close the back door on an
incline than on a level surface, so
beware of the back door unexpectedly
opening or closing by itself. Make sure
that the back door is fully open and
secure before using the luggage com-
partment.
● When closing the back door, take extra
care to prevent your fingers, etc., from
being caught.
● When closing the back door, make sure
to press it lightly on its outer surface. If
the back door handle is used to fully
close the back door, it may result in
hands or arms being caught.
124
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Operating the back door
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death
or serious injury.
● Do not pull on the back door damper stay to close the back door, and do
not hang on the back door damper stay.
Doing so may cause hands to be caught or the back door damper stay to
break, causing an accident.
● If a bicycle carrier or similar heavy object is attached to the back door, it
may suddenly shut again after being opened, causing someone’s hands,
head or neck to be caught and injured. When installing an accessory part
to the back door, using a genuine Toyota part is recommended.
NOTICE
■ Back door damper stays
The back door is equipped with damper stays that hold the back door in
place.
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the back door damper stay, resulting
in malfunction.
● Do not place your hand on the damper stay or apply lateral forces to it.
● Do not attach any foreign objects, such
as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives
to the damper stay rod.
● Do not touch the damper stay rod with
gloves or other fabric items.
● Do not attach any accessories other
than genuine Toyota parts to the back
door.
125
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Smart key system
● Unlocks and locks the doors (P. 112)
● Unlocks and locks the back door (P. 11 9 )
● Starts the engine (P. 1 7 5)
■ Antenna location
■ Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected)
When starting the engine or changing engine switch modes
The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the vehi-
cle.
: If equipped
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying
the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
The driver should always carry the electronic key.
Antenna outside the cabin
Antennas inside the cabin
Antenna outside the luggage compart-
ment
When locking or unlocking the
doors
The system can be operated when
the electronic key is within about
2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of an outside front
door handle and the back door.
(Only the doors detecting the key
can be operated.)
126
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Alarms and warning messages
A combination of exterior and interior buzzers as well as warning messages
shown on the multi-information display are used to prevent theft of the vehicle
and accidents resulting from erroneous operation. Take appropriate mea-
sures based on the displayed message. (P. 430)
When only an alarm sounds, circumstances and correction procedures are as
follows.
■ When “Smart Key System malfunction. See owner’s manual” is dis-
played on the multi-information display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Exterior buzzer sounds
once for 5 seconds
An attempt was made
to lock the vehicle while
a door was open.
Close all of the doors
and lock the doors
again.
Interior buzzer sounds
continuously
The engine switch was
turned to ACCESSORY
mode while the driver’s
door was open (or the
driver’s door was
opened while the
engine switch was in
ACCESSORY mode).
Turn the engine switch
off and close the
driver’s door.
127
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Battery-saving function
The battery-saving function will be activated in order to prevent the electronic
key battery and the vehicle battery from being discharged while the vehicle is
not in operation for a long time.
● In the following situations, the smart key system may take some time to
unlock the doors.
• The electronic key has been left in an area of approximately 6 ft. (2 m) of
the outside of the vehicle for 10 minutes or longer.
• The smart key system has not been used for 5 days or longer.
● If the smart key system has not been used for 14 days or longer, the doors
cannot be unlocked at any doors except the driver’s door. In this case, take
hold of the driver’s door handle, or use the wireless remote control or the
mechanical key, to unlock the doors.
■ Electronic key battery-saving function
When battery-saving mode is set, battery depletion is minimized by stopping
the electronic key from receiving radio waves.
Press twice while pressing and
holding . Confirm that the electronic
key indicator flashes 4 times.
While the battery-saving mode is set, the
smart key system cannot be used. To
cancel the function, press any of the elec-
tronic key buttons.
128
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Conditions affecting operation
The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situations, the
communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be affected,
preventing the smart key system, wireless remote control and engine immobi-
lizer system from operating properly. (Ways of coping: P. 448)
● When the electronic key battery is depleted
● Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
● When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication device
● When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by the following
metallic objects
• Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
• Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
• Coins
• Hand warmers made of metal
• Media such as CDs and DVDs
● When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby
● When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices that
emit radio waves
• Portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless commu-
nication devices
• Another electronic key or a wireless key that emits radio waves
• Personal computers or personal digital assistants (PDAs)
• Digital audio players
• Portable game systems
● If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
rear window
● When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or electronic
devices
● When parking at a meter
129
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Note for the entry function
● Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection areas),
the system may not operate properly in the following cases:
• The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle, near
the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked.
• The electronic key is near the ground or in a high place, or too close to
the rear bumper center when the back door is opened.
• The electronic key is on the instrument panel, luggage cover or floor, or in
the door pockets or glove box when the engine is started or engine switch
modes are changed.
● Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the
door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave recep-
tion conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin and the
door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic
key inside the vehicle.
● As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be
unlocked or locked by anyone.
● Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to start
the engine if the electronic key is near the window.
● The doors may unlock if a large amount of water splashes on the door han-
dle, such as in the rain or in a car wash when the electronic key is within the
effective range. (The door will automatically be locked after approximately
60 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.)
● If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic
key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be
unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock
the doors.)
130
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● Touching the door lock sensor while wearing gloves may delay or prevent
lock operation. Remove the gloves and touch the lock sensor again.
● If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effec-
tive range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In this case, follow the
following correction procedures to wash the vehicle.
• Place the electronic key in a location 6 ft. (2 m) or more away from the
vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
• Set electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key sys-
tem. (P. 127)
● If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet
during a car wash, a message may be shown on the multi-information dis-
play and a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, lock
all the doors.
● The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact with ice,
snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again.
● A sudden approach to the effective range or door handle may prevent the
doors from being unlocked. In this case, return the door handle to the origi-
nal position and check that the doors unlock before pulling the door handle
again.
● If there is another electronic key in the detection area, it may take slightly
longer to unlock the doors after the door handle is gripped.
● Fingernails may scrape against the door during operation of the door han-
dle. Be careful not to injure fingernails or damage the surface of the door.
131
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
● To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft.
(2 m) of the vehicle.
● The smart key system can be deactivated in advance. (P. 486)
■ To operate the system properly
Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from the
outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the key
may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly. (The
alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention may not operate.)
■ If the smart key system does not operate properly
● Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (P. 448)
● Starting the engine system: P. 449
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. smart key system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 486
■ If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting
● Unlocking and locking the doors:
Use the wireless remote control or mechanical key. (P. 112, 448)
● Starting the engine and changing engine switch modes: P. 449
● Stopping the engine: P. 176
134
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
● People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should keep
away from the smart key system antennas. (P. 125)
The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary,
the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such
as the frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves.
Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry function.
● Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac
pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implant-
able cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the
device for information about its operation under the influence of radio
waves.
Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
Ask your Toyota dealer for details on disabling the entry function.
135
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Front seats
Seat position adjustment lever
Seatback angle adjustment
lever
Vertical height adjustment lever
Lumbar support adjustment
switch (if equipped)
Adjustment procedure
WARNING
■ When adjusting the seat position
● Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passen-
gers are not injured by the moving seat.
● Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
● Make sure to leave enough space around the feet so they do not get stuck.
■ Seat adjustment
● Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage.
● To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect-
edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is locked in position.
136
3-3. Adjusting the seats
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Rear seats
Park the vehicle in a safe place.
Apply the parking brake firmly and shift the shift lever to P. (P. 181)
Adjust the position of the front seat and the angle of the seatback.
(P. 135)
Depending on the position of the front seat, if the seatback is folded
backward, it may interfere with the operation of the rear seat.
Lift up and push down the head restraints of the rear outboard
seats, and lower the head restraint of the rear center seat.
(P. 138)
Pull the seatback lock release
lever and fold the seatback down.
To avoid trapping the seat belt
between the seat and the inside of
the vehicle, pass the seat belt
inside the seat belt guide and then
return the seatback securely to
the locked position.
The seatbacks of the rear seats can be folded down.
Before folding down the seatbacks
Folding down the seatbacks
1
2
3
Returning the rear seatbacks
Seat belt
guide
137
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
■ When folding the rear seatbacks down
● Do not fold the seatbacks down while driving.
● Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift
lever to P.
● Do not allow anyone to sit on a folded seatback or in the luggage compart-
ment while driving.
● Do not allow children to enter the luggage compartment.
● Do not allow anyone to sit on the rear center seat if the rear right seat is
folded down, as the seat belt buckle for the rear center seat belt is then
concealed under the folded seat and cannot be used.
● Be careful not to get your hand caught when folding the rear seatbacks.
● Adjust the position of the front seats before folding down the rear seat-
backs so that the front seats do not interfere with the rear seatbacks when
folding down the rear seatbacks.
■ After returning the rear seatback to the upright position
● Make sure that the seatback is securely
locked in position by lightly rocking it
back and forth.
If the seatback is not securely locked,
the red marking will be visible on the
seatback lock release knob. Make sure
that the red marking is not visible.
● Check that the seat belts are not twisted
or caught in the seatback.
If the seat belt gets caught between the
seatback’s securing hook and latch, it
may damage the seat belt.
138
3-3. Adjusting the seats
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Head restraints
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
■
Rear outboard seats
To fold
Pull the head restraint up while
pressing the lock release button.
To use
Lift up and push down the head
restraint to the lowest lock posi-
tion.
■
Rear center seat
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push the head restraint down
while pressing the lock release
button.
Head restraints are provided for all seats.
Front seats
Lock release button
Rear seats
Lock release button
Lock release button
139
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Removing the head restraints
Front seats
Rear outside seats
Rear center seat
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the both lock release buttons.
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.
Lock release button
Lock release button
Lock release button
140
3-3. Adjusting the seats
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Installing the head restraints
Front seats
Rear outside seats
Rear center seat
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.
Lock release button
Lock release button
141
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Adjusting the height of the front seat head restraints
■ Adjusting the rear center seat head restraint
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when
using.
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
WARNING
■ Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
● Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
● After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
● Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
142
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Steering wheel
Hold the steering wheel and
push the lever down.
Adjust to the ideal position by
moving the steering wheel hori-
zontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever up
to secure the steering wheel.
To sound the horn, press on or
close to the mark.
Adjustment procedure
1
2
Horn
143
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
The horn may not sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.
WARNING
■ Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury. Also, the horn may not sound if
the steering wheel is not securely locked.
144
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Inside rear view mirror
The height of the rear view mirror can be adjusted to suit your driving
posture.
Adjust the height of the rear view
mirror by moving it up and down.
Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles
behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare
function mode
On/off
When the automatic anti-glare
function is in on mode, the indica-
tor illuminates.
Vehicles without a smart key sys-
tem: The function will be set to on
mode each time the engine switch
is turned to the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system: The function will be set to on mode each
time the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode.
Pressing the button turns the function to off mode. (The indicator also turns
off.)
The rear view mirror’s position can be adjusted to enable suffi-
cient confirmation of the rear view.
Adjusting the height of rear view mirror
Anti-glare function
Indicator
145
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ To prevent sensor error
To ensure that the sensors operate prop-
erly, do not touch or cover them.
WARNING
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and cause an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
147
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Manual type
Push the mirror back in the direc-
tion of the rear of the vehicle.
Power type
Folds the mirrors
Extends the mirrors
Putting the outside rear view mirror
folding switch in the neutral posi-
tion sets the mirrors to automatic
mode.
Automatic mode allows the folding
or extending of the mirrors to be
linked to locking/unlocking of the
doors.
Folding and extending the mirrors
148
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Mirror angle can be adjusted when
Vehicles without a smart key system:
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
■ When the mirrors are fogged up
The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defoggers. Turn
on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror defog-
gers. (P. 295)
■ Using the automatic folding/extending mirror function in cold weather (if
equipped)
When the automatic folding/extending mirror function is used in cold weather,
the outside rear view mirrors could freeze up and automatic folding and
extension may not be possible. In this event, remove any ice and snow from
the outside rear view mirror, then operate the mirror manually by using the
mirror fold switch or moving the mirror by hand.
■ Customization
The automatic mirror folding and extending operation can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 486)
WARNING
■ Important points while driving
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
● Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
● Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
■ When a mirror is moving
To avoid personal injury and mirror malfunction, be careful not to get your
hand caught by the moving mirror.
■ When the mirror defoggers are operating
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot
and burn you.
149
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Power windows
The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches.
Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:
Closing
One-touch closing
*
Opening
One-touch opening
*
*
: To stop the window partway, oper-
ate the switch in the opposite direc-
tion.
Press the switch down to lock the
passenger windows.
Use this switch to prevent children
from accidentally opening or clos-
ing a passenger window.
Press the switch again to unlock
the passenger windows.
Opening and closing procedures
Window lock switch
150
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ The power windows can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system:
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ Operating the power windows after turning the engine off
Vehicles without a smart key system:
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. They cannot, how-
ever, be operated once either front door is opened.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They cannot,
however, be operated once either front door is opened.
■ Jam protection function
If an object becomes jammed between the side window and the window
frame while the side window is closing, side window movement is stopped
and the side window is opened slightly.
■ Catch protection function
If an object becomes caught between the door and side window while the
side window is opening, side window movement is stopped.
151
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ When the side window cannot be opened or closed
When the jam protection function or catch protection function operates
unusually and the side window cannot be opened or closed, perform the fol-
lowing operations with the power window switch of that door.
● Stop the vehicle. With the engine switch is in the “ON” position (vehicles
without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart
key system), within 4 seconds of the jam protection function or catch protec-
tion function activating, continuously operate the power window switch in
the one-touch closing direction or one-touch opening direction so that the
side window can be opened and closed.
● If the side window cannot be opened and closed even when performing the
above operations, perform the following procedure for function initialization.
Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key
system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system).
Pull and hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction
and completely close the side window.
Release the power window switch for a moment, resume pulling the
switch in the one-touch closing direction, and hold it there for approxi-
mately 6 seconds or more.
Press and hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening direc-
tion. After the side window is completely opened, continue holding the
switch for an additional 1 second or more.
Release the power window switch for a moment, resume pushing the
switch in the one-touch opening direction, and hold it there for approxi-
mately 4 seconds or more.
Pull and hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction
again. After the side window is completely closed, continue holding the
switch for a further 1 second or more.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the
beginning. If the window reverses and cannot be fully closed or opened, have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
1
2
3
4
5
6
152
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Door lock linked window operation
● The power windows can be opened and closed using the key or mechanical
key.
* (P. 113, 448)
● The power windows can be opened using the wireless remote control.
*
(P. 112)
*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
■ Power window open reminder function
The buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display
in the instrument cluster when the engine switch is turned off and the driver’s
door is opened with the power windows open.
■ Customization
Some functions can be changed. (P. 486)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Closing the windows
● The driver is responsible for all the power window operations, including the
operation for the passengers. In order to prevent accidental operation,
especially by a child, do not let a child operate the power windows. It is
possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in
the power window. Also, when riding with a child, it is recommended to use
the window lock switch. (P. 149)
● Check to make sure that all passengers
do not have any part of their body in a
position where it could be caught when
a window is being operated.
153
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Closing the windows
● When using the wireless remote control, key or mechanical key (P. 104)
and operating the power windows, operate the power window after check-
ing to make sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of
their body parts caught in the side window. Also do not let a child operate
side window by the wireless remote control, key or mechanical key. It is
possible for children and other passengers to get caught in the power win-
dow.
● When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, carry the key and exit
the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
■ Jam protection function
● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
● The jam protection function may not work if something gets jammed just
before the side window is fully closed. Be careful not to get any part of
your body jammed in the side window.
■ Catch protection function
● Never use any part of your body or clothing to intentionally activate the
catch protection function.
● The catch protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the side window is fully opened. Be careful not to get any part of
your body or clothing caught in the side window.
155
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle............. 156
Cargo and luggage ........... 166
Vehicle load limits ............. 169
Trailer towing..................... 170
Dinghy towing ................... 171
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without
a smart key system)........ 172
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with
a smart key system)........ 175
Continuously variable
transmission.................... 181
Turn signal lever................ 186
Parking brake.................... 187
Brake Hold ........................ 192
4-3. Operating the lights
and wipers
Headlight switch................ 195
Automatic High Beam ....... 200
Windshield wipers and
washer ............................ 205
Rear window wiper and
washer ............................ 211
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap .................................. 213
4-5. Using the driving
support systems
Toyota Safety Sense P ..... 217
PCS (Pre-Collision
System)........................... 224
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert with steering
control)............................ 238
Dynamic radar cruise
control with full-speed
range............................... 248
Driving mode select .......... 263
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor) ........ 265
• BSM function ................ 270
• RCTA function .............. 275
Driving assist systems ...... 280
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips ............. 286
156
4-1. Before driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Driving the vehicle
P. 172, 175
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D. (P. 1 8 1)
Release the parking brake. (P. 18 8 )
If the parking brake is in automatic mode, the parking brake is released
automatically when shifting the shift lever to any position other than P.
(P. 187)
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelera-
tor pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift
lever to P or N. (P. 181)
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe
driving:
Starting the engine
Driving
Stopping
1
2
3
1
2
157
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
Set the parking brake (P. 188), and shift the shift lever to P.
(P. 181)
If parking on a hill, block the wheels as needed.
Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position to stop the engine.
Vehicles with a smart key system: Press the engine switch to stop
the engine.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D.
Pull the parking brake switch and parking brake is set manually.
(P. 188)
Release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal
to accelerate the vehicle.
Press the parking brake switch and parking brake is released man-
ually. (P. 188)
Parking the vehicle
Starting off on a steep uphill
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
158
4-1. Before driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ When starting off on an uphill
The hill-start assist control will activate. (P. 281)
■ Driving in the rain
● Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the win-
dows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
● Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be espe-
cially slippery.
● Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road sur-
face, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
■ Engine speed while driving
In the following conditions, the engine speed may become high while driving.
This is due to automatic up-shifting control or down-shifting implementation to
meet driving conditions. It does not indicate sudden acceleration.
● The vehicle is judged to be driving uphill or downhill
● When the accelerator pedal is released
● When the brake pedal is depressed while sport mode is selected
● When the brake pedal is depressed suddenly and vehicle speed is reduced
sharply
■ Restraining the engine output (Brake Override System)
● When the accelerator and brake pedals are depressed at the same time, the
engine output may be restrained.
● A warning message is displayed on the multi-information display while the
system is operating.
■ Restraining sudden start (Drive-Start Control)
● When the following unusual operation is performed, the engine output may
be restrained.
• When the shift lever is shifted from R to D, D to R, N to R, P to D, or P to
R (D includes M) with the accelerator pedal depressed, a warning mes-
sage appears on the multi-information display.
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed too much while the vehicle is in
reverse.
●
While Drive-Start Control is being activated, your vehicle may have trouble
escaping from the mud or fresh snow. In such case, deactivate TRAC (
P. 2 81 )
to cancel Drive-Start Control so that the vehicle may become able to escape
from the mud or fresh snow.
159
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recom-
mended:
● For the first 186 miles (300 km):
Avoid sudden stops.
● For the first 621 miles (1000 km):
• Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
• Avoid sudden acceleration.
• Do not drive continuously in low gears.
• Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
■ Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability
of the correct fuel. (P. 464)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When starting the vehicle
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
160
4-1. Before driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When driving the vehicle
● Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accel-
erator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
• Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident.
• When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a diffi-
culty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelera-
tor pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, result-
ing in an accident.
● Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials.
The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. These hot
parts may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.
● During normal driving, do not turn off the engine. Turning the engine off
while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the
power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to
steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
However, in the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible
to stop the vehicle in the normal way: P. 409
● Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving
down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (P. 181)
● Do not adjust the display, the positions of the steering wheel, the seat, or
the inside or outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control.
● Always check that all passengers’ arms, heads or other parts of their body
are not outside the vehicle.
● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit per-
mits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has high-
speed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire
failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer
to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability
tires or not before driving at such speeds.
161
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When driving on slippery road surfaces
● Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle.
● Sudden acceleration, engine braking due to shifting, or changes in engine
speed could cause the vehicle to skid.
● After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected.
■ When shifting the shift lever
● Do not let the vehicle roll backward while the shift lever is in a driving posi-
tion, or roll forward while the shift lever is in R.
Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering
performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
● Do not shift the shift lever to P while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving forward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Do not shift the shift lever to a driving position while the vehicle is moving
backward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Moving the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage the
engine from the transmission. Engine braking is not available when N is
selected.
● Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
Shifting the shift lever to a gear other than P or N may lead to unexpected
rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident and result in
death or serious injury.
162
4-1. Before driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indica-
tors)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon
as possible.
Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.
■ When the vehicle is stopped
● Do not race the engine.
If the vehicle is in any gear other than P or N, the vehicle may accelerate
suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident.
● In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep
depressing the brake pedal while the engine is running, and apply the
parking brake as necessary.
● If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused
by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal
and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
● Avoid revving or racing the engine.
Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is stopped may cause
the exhaust system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible
material is nearby.
■ When the vehicle is parked
● Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following:
• Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
• The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.
• Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s
electrical components.
163
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When the vehicle is parked
● Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a
place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when
luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.
● Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place
containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard.
Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehi-
cle.
● Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a
metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause
the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire.
● Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P, stop the engine
and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
If the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in P but the parking brake is not
set, the vehicle may start to move, possibly leading to an accident.
● Do not touch the exhaust pipes while the engine is running or immediately
after turning the engine off.
Doing so may cause burns.
■ When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the engine off. Otherwise, if you accidentally move the shift
lever or depress the accelerator pedal, this could cause an accident or fire
due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly
ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to
death or a serious health hazard.
164
4-1. Before driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When braking
● When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously.
Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and this may cause
one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also, the
parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
● If the brake booster device does not operate, do not follow other vehicles
closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require braking.
In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be
depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
● Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls.
Each push on the brake pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted
brakes.
● The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems; if one of the
systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal
should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking distance will
increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
NOTICE
■ When driving the vehicle
● Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during
driving, as this may restrain driving torque.
● Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake
pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on a hill.
■ When parking the vehicle
Always set the parking brake, and shift the shift lever to P. Failure to do so
may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if
the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed.
165
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
NOTICE
■ Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
● Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for
an extended period of time.
Doing so may damage the power steering motor.
● When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
■ If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehi-
cle.
● It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
● The vehicle will make abnormal sounds or vibrations.
● The vehicle will lean abnormally.
Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (P. 435)
■ When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain, etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle:
● Engine stalling
● Short in electrical components
● Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following:
● Brake function
● Changes in quantity and quality of oil and fluid used for the engine, trans-
mission, etc.
● Lubricant condition for the bearings and suspension joints (where possi-
ble), and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.
166
4-1. Before driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Cargo and luggage
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) — (Total weight of occupants)
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle. Your
vehicle is not designed for trailer towing.
Take notice of the following information about storage precau-
tions, cargo capacity and load:
Capacity and distribution
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit —
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s
placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 750 (5150) =
650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how
this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
(P. 169)
167
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Cargo capacity
Total load capacity (vehicle
capacity weight) (P. 462)
When 2 people with the combined weight of A lb. (kg) are riding in
your vehicle, which has a total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight)
of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity
will be C lb. (kg) as follows:
B
*
2
lb. (kg) - A*
1
lb. (kg) = C*
3
lb. (kg)
*
1
: A =Weight of people
*
2
: B =Total load capacity
*
3
: C =Available cargo and luggage load
In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of D
lb. (kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E
lb. (kg) as follows:
C lb. (kg) - D*
4
lb. (kg) = E*
5
lb. (kg)
*
4
: D =Additional weight of people
*
5
: E =Available cargo and luggage load
As shown in the example above, if the number of occupants
increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount
that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In
other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an
excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus
cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on
your vehicle.
Calculation formula for your vehicle
168
4-1. Before driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compart-
ment:
● Receptacles containing gasoline
● Aerosol cans
■ Storage precautions
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may prevent the pedals from being depressed properly,
may block the driver’s vision, or may result in items hitting the driver or
passengers, possibly causing an accident.
● Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever possi-
ble.
● Do not stack cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment higher
than the seatbacks.
● When you fold down the rear seats, long items should not be placed
directly behind the front seats.
● Never allow anyone to ride in the enlarged luggage compartment. It is
not designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their
seat belts properly fastened.
● Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations.
• At the feet of the driver
• On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
• On the luggage cover
• On the instrument panel
• On the dashboard
● Secure all items in the occupant compartment.
■ Capacity and distribution
● Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle
weight rating.
● Even if the total load of occupant's weight and the cargo load is less
than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper
loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which
may cause death or serious injury.
169
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Vehicle load limits
◆ Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight): (P. 4 62 )
Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo
and luggage.
◆ Seating capacity: 5 occupants (Front 2, Rear 3)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose
estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.
◆ Towing capacity
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle.
◆ Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight
and the number of occupants.
■ Total load capacity and seating capacity
These details are also described on the tire and loading information label.
(P. 375)
Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity,
towing capacity and cargo capacity.
WARNING
■ Overloading the vehicle
Do not overload the vehicle.
It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering
and braking ability, resulting in an accident.
170
4-1. Before driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Trailer towing
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle.
Toyota also does not recommend the installation of a tow hitch
or the use of a tow hitch carrier for a wheelchair, scooter, bicy-
cle, etc. Your vehicle is not designed for trailer towing or for the
use of tow hitch mounted carriers.
172
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without a
smart key system)
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the “START” position to start the engine.
“LOCK”
The steering wheel is locked and
the key can be removed. The key
can be removed only when the
shift lever is in P.
“ACC”
Some electrical components such
as the power outlet can be used.
“ON”
All electrical components can be used.
“START”
For starting the engine.
Starting the engine
Changing the engine switch positions
1
2
3
4
173
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Turning the key from “ACC” to “LOCK”
Shift the shift lever to P. (P. 181)
■ If the engine does not start
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 74)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
■ When the steering lock cannot be released
■ Key reminder function
A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is opened while the engine switch is in
the “LOCK” or “ACC” position to remind you to remove the key.
Push in the key and turn it to the
“LOCK” position.
1
2
When starting the engine, the engine
switch may seem stuck in the “LOCK”
position. To free it, turn the key while turn-
ing the steering wheel slightly left and
right.
174
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Caution when driving
Do not turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position while driving. If, in an
emergency, you must turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving, turn
the engine switch only to the “ACC” position to stop the engine. An accident
may result if the engine is stopped while driving. (P. 409)
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the engine switch in the “ACC” or “ON” position for long peri-
ods of time without the engine running.
■ When starting the engine
● Do not crank the engine for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may
overheat the starter and wiring system.
● Do not race a cold engine.
● If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-
cle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately.
175
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with a
smart key system)
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
and message will be displayed on the multi-information display.
If it is not displayed, the engine cannot be started.
Press the engine switch shortly
and firmly.
When operating the engine switch,
one short, firm press is enough. It
is not necessary to press and hold
the switch.
The engine will crank until it starts
or for up to 30 seconds, whichever
is less.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal until the engine is completely
started.
The engine can be started from
any engine switch mode.
Performing the following operations when carrying the elec-
tronic key on your person starts the engine or changes engine
switch modes.
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
176
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Stop the vehicle.
Set the parking brake (P. 188), and shift the shift lever to P.
Press the engine switch.
Release the brake pedal and check that “ACCESSORY” on the
multi-information display is off.
Modes can be changed by pressing the engine switch with brake
pedal released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)
Off
*
The emergency flashers can be
used.
The multi-information display will
not be displayed.
ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components such
as the audio system can be used.
“ACCESSORY” will be displayed
on the multi-information display.
IGNITION ON mode
All electrical components can be
used.
“IGNITION ON” will be displayed on the multi-information display.
*: If the shift lever is in a position other than P when turning off the engine,
the engine switch will be turned to ACCESSORY mode, not to off.
Stopping the engine
Changing engine switch modes
1
2
3
4
IGNITION ON
ACCESSORY
177
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
If the engine is stopped with the shift lever in a position other than P,
the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to
ACCESSORY mode. Perform the following procedure to turn the
switch off:
Check that the parking brake is set.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Check that “ACCESSORY” and “Turn power OFF.” are displayed
on the multi-information display and then press the engine switch
once.
Check that “ACCESSORY” and “Turn power OFF.” on the multi-
information display are off.
■ Auto power off function
If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than 20 minutes or IGNI-
TION ON mode (the engine is not running) for more than an hour with the
shift lever in P, the engine switch will automatically turn off.
However, this function cannot entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave
the vehicle with the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode for
long periods of time when the engine is not running.
■ Electronic key battery depletion
P. 108
■ Conditions affecting operation
P. 128
■ Notes for the entry function
P. 129
■ If the engine does not start
● The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 74)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
● Check that the shift lever is securely set in P. The engine may not start if the
shift lever is displaced out of P.
“Shift to P Position to Start.” will be displayed on the multi-information dis-
play.
When stopping the engine with the shift lever in a position other
than P
1
2
3
4
178
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Steering lock
After turning the engine switch off and opening and closing the doors, the
steering wheel will be locked due to the steering lock function. Operating the
engine switch again automatically cancels the steering lock.
■ When the steering lock cannot be released
■ Steering lock motor overheating prevention
To prevent the steering lock motor from overheating, the motor may be sus-
pended if the engine is turned on and off repeatedly in a short period of time.
In this case, refrain from operating the engine. After about 10 seconds, the
steering lock motor will resume functioning.
■ When the “Entry & Start System Malfunction. See Owner’s Manual.” is
displayed on the multi-information display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
■ If the electronic key battery is depleted
P. 386
■ Operation of the engine switch
● If the switch is not pressed shortly and firmly, the engine switch mode may
not change or the engine may not start.
● If attempting to restart the engine immediately after turning the engine
switch off, the engine may not start in some cases. After turning the engine
switch off, please wait a few seconds before restarting the engine.
■ If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting
P. 448
“Push ENGINE Switch while Turning The
Steering Wheel in Either Direction.” will be
displayed on the multi-information display.
Check that the shift lever is set in P. Press
the engine switch while turning the steer-
ing wheel left and right.
179
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Caution while driving
If engine failure occurs while the vehicle is moving, do not lock or open the
doors until the vehicle reaches a safe and complete stop. Activation of the
steering lock in this circumstance may lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
■ Stopping the engine in an emergency
● If you want to stop the engine in an emergency while driving the vehicle,
press and hold the engine switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it
briefly 3 times or more in succession. (P. 409)
However, do not touch the engine switch while driving except in an emer-
gency. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering or
braking control, but the power assist to these systems will be lost. This will
make it more difficult to steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
● If the engine switch is operated while the vehicle is running, a warning
message will be shown on the multi-information display and a buzzer
sounds.
● When restarting the engine after it was turned off while driving, shift the
shift lever to N and press the engine switch.
180
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
● Do not leave the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode
for long periods of time without the engine running.
● If “ACCESSORY” or “IGNITION ON” is displayed on the multi-information
display, the engine switch is not off. When exiting the vehicle, always
check that the engine switch is off.
● Do not stop the engine when the shift lever is in a position other than P. If
the engine is stopped in another shift lever position, the engine switch will
not be turned off but instead be turned to ACCESSORY mode. If the vehi-
cle is left in ACCESSORY mode, battery discharge may occur.
■ When starting the engine
● Do not race a cold engine.
● If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-
cle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■ Symptoms indicating a malfunction with the engine switch
If the engine switch seems to be operating somewhat differently than usual,
such as the switch sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact
your Toyota dealer immediately.
181
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Continuously variable transmission
Vehicles without a smart key system:
While the engine switch is in the “ON” position and the brake
pedal depressed
*, shift the shift lever while pushing the shift
release button on the shift knob.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
While the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode and the
brake pedal depressed*, shift the shift lever while pushing the
shift release button on the shift knob.
Shift the shift lever while pushing the shift release button on
the shift knob.
Shift the shift lever normally.
When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the
vehicle is completely stopped and the brake pedal is depressed.
*: To shift the shift lever from P, the brake pedal must be depressed
before the shift release button is pushed. If the shift release button is
pushed first, the shift lock will not be released.
Shifting the shift lever
182
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
*
1
: To improve fuel efficiency and reduce noises, set the shift lever in D for
normal driving.
*
2
: Selecting gear step using the M position achieves suitable engine braking
forces by operating the shift lever.
P. 263
To enter 7-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode, shift the shift lever
to M position. Gear steps can then be selected by operating the shift
lever, allowing you to drive in the gear step of your choosing.
Upshifting
Downshifting
The gear changes once every time
the shift lever is operated.
The selected gear step, from M1 to
M7, will be displayed in the meter.
However, even when in the M position, the gear steps will be auto-
matically changed if the engine speed is too high, or too low.
Shift position purpose
Shift position Objective or function
P Parking the vehicle/starting the engine
R Reversing
N Neutral
D Normal driving*
1
M
7-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode driving*
2
(P. 182)
Selecting a driving mode
Changing gear steps in the M position
1
2
183
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Gear step functions
● You can choose from 7 levels of engine braking force.
● A lower gear step will provide greater engine braking force than a higher
gear step, and the engine speed will also increase.
■ If the 7-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode indicator does not come
on even after shifting the shift lever to M
This may indicate a malfunction in the continuously variable transmission
system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
(In this situation, the transmission will operate in the same manner as when
the shift lever is in D.)
■ When the vehicle comes to a stop with the shift lever in the M position
● The transmission will automatically downshift to M1 once the vehicle is
stopped.
● After a stop, the vehicle will start off in M1.
● When the vehicle is stopped, the transmission is set at M1.
■ When driving with dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range
activated
Even when performing the following actions with the intent of enabling engine
braking, engine braking will not activate because cruise control will not be
canceled.
● When switching the driving mode to sport mode while driving in D position.
(P. 263)
■ Downshifting restrictions warning buzzer
To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting operation may
sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be
possible even when the shift lever is operated. (A buzzer will sound twice.)
■ Restraining sudden start (Drive-start Control)
P. 158
■ Shift lock system
The shift lock system is a system to prevent accidental operation of the shift
lever in starting.
The shift lever can be shifted from P only when the engine switch is in the
“ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode
(vehicles with a smart key system), and the brake pedal is being depressed.
184
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
First, check whether the brake pedal is being depressed.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake pedal while
pressing the button on the shift knob, there may be a problem with the shift
lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to ensure that
the shift lever can be shifted.
Releasing the shift lock:
Set the parking brake.
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without a smart key
system) or off (vehicles with a smart key system).
Depress the brake pedal.
■ G AI-SHIFT
G AI-SHIFT automatically selects a suitable gear for sporty driving according
to driver’s input and driving conditions. G AI-SHIFT operates automatically
when the shift lever is in D and sport mode is selected for the driving mode.
(Selecting normal mode or shifting the shift lever to the M position cancels
this function.)
Remove the cover.
Remove the cover using flathead
screwdriver. To prevent damage to the
cover, tip the screwdriver with a rag.
Press the shift lock override button
while pressing the button on the shift
knob.
The shift lever can be shifted while the
button is pressed.
1
2
3
4
5
185
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When driving on slippery road surfaces
Be careful of downshifting and sudden acceleration, as this could result in
the vehicle skidding to the side or spinning.
■ To prevent an accident when releasing the shift lock
Before pressing the shift lock override button, make sure to set the parking
brake and depress the brake pedal.
If the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed instead of the brake pedal
when the shift lock override button is pressed and the shift lever is shifted
out of P, the vehicle may suddenly start, possibly leading to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
186
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Turn signal lever
Right turn
Lane change to the right (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The right hand signals will flash 3
times.
Lane change to the left (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The left hand signals will flash 3
times.
Left turn
■ Turn signals can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ If the indicator flashes faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
■ If the turn signals stop flashing before a lane change has been per-
formed
Operate the lever again.
■ Customization
The number of times the turn signals flash during a lane change can be
changed. (Customizable feature P. 486)
Operating instructions
187
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Parking brake
The parking brake is set or released automatically according to shift
lever operation.
Even when in automatic mode, the parking brake can be set and
released manually. (P. 188)
Turns automatic mode on
(while the vehicle is stopped,
pull and hold the parking brake
switch until “EPB Shift Interlock
Function Activated.” will be dis-
played on the multi-information
display)
• When the shift lever is moved
out of P, the parking brake will
be released, and the parking
brake indicator light and parking
brake lamp turn off.
• When the shift lever is moved
into P, the parking brake will be
set, and the parking brake indi-
cator light and parking brake
lamp turn on.
Operate the shift lever with the brake pedal depressed.
Turns automatic mode off (while the vehicle is stopped, press and
hold the parking brake switch until “EPB Shift Interlock Function
Deactivated.” will be displayed on the multi-information display)
A selections can be made as desired from the following modes.
Automatic mode
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
188
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The parking brake can be set and released manually.
Pull the parking brake switch to
set the parking brake
The parking brake indicator light
and parking brake lamp will turn
on.
Pull and hold the parking brake
switch if an emergency occurs and
it is necessary to operate the park-
ing brake while driving.
Push the parking brake switch
to release the parking brake
Operate the parking brake switch
while depressing the brake pedal.
Make sure that the parking brake
indicator light and parking brake
lamp turn off.
If the parking brake indicator light and parking brake lamp flashes,
operate the switch again. (P. 422)
Manual mode
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
189
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Parking brake operation
● When the engine switch is not in the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart
key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system), the
parking brake cannot be released using the parking brake switch.
● When the engine switch is not in the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart
key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system),
automatic mode (automatic brake setting and releasing) is not available.
■ Automatic release function
The parking brake is automatically released when slowly depress the acceler-
ator pedal.
The parking brake will be released automatically under the following condi-
tions:
● The driver’s door is closed.
● The driver’s seatbelt is fastened.
● Shift the shift lever is in a forward or reverse position.
● The malfunction indicator lamp or brake system warning light is not illumi-
nated.
If the automatic release function does not operate, manually release the park-
ing brake.
■ If “EPB Frequently Operated, Wait a Minute.” is displayed on the
multi-information display
If the parking brake is operated repeatedly over a short period of time, the
system may restrict operation to prevent overheating. If this happens, refrain
from operating the parking brake. Normal operation will return after about 1
minute.
■ If “EPB Activation Incomplete.” or “EPB Unavailable” is displayed on the
multi-information display
Operate the parking brake switch. If the message does not disappear after
operating the switch several times, the system may be malfunctioning. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■ Parking brake operation sound
When the parking brake operates, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be
heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
190
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Parking brake indicator light and parking brake lamp
● Depending on the engine switch position/mode, the parking brake indicator
light and parking brake lamp will turn on and stay on as described below:
Vehicles without a smart key system
In the “ON” position: Comes on until the parking brake is released.
Not in the “ON” position: Stays on for approximately 15 seconds.
Vehicles with a smart key system
IGNITION ON mode: Comes on until the parking brake is released.
Not in IGNITION ON mode: Stays on for approximately 15 seconds.
● When the engine switch is turned off with the parking brake set, the parking
brake indicator light and parking brake lamp stay on for about 15 seconds.
This does not indicate a malfunction.
■ Changing the mode
When changing the automatic mode on/off, the message will be shown on the
multi-information display and the buzzer sounds.
■ Parking the vehicle
P. 157
■ Parking brake engaged warning buzzer
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven with the parking brake engaged.
“EPB Applied.” is displayed on the multi-information display.
■ Warning messages and buzzers
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution. If a warning message is shown on
the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions.
■ If the brake system warning light comes on
P. 422
■ Usage in winter time
P. 287
191
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When parking the vehicle
Do not leave a child in the vehicle alone. The parking brake may be
released unintentionally and there is the danger of the vehicle moving that
may lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Parking brake switch
Do not set any objects near the parking brake switch. Objects may interfere
with the switch and may lead the parking brake to unexpectedly operate.
NOTICE
■ When parking the vehicle
Before you leave the vehicle, shift the shift lever to P, set the parking brake
and make sure that the vehicle does not move.
■ When the system malfunctions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and check the warning messages.
■ When the parking brake cannot be released due to a malfunction
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately if this
occurs.
192
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Brake Hold
Turns the brake hold system on
The brake hold standby indicator
(green) comes on. While the sys-
tem is holding the brake, the brake
hold operated indicator (yellow)
comes on.
■ Brake hold system operating conditions
The brake hold system cannot be turned on in the following conditions:
● The driver’s door is not closed.
● The driver is not wearing the seat belt.
If any of the conditions above are detected when the brake hold system is
enabled, the system will turn off and the brake hold standby indicator light will
go off. In addition, if any of the conditions are detected while the system is
holding the brake, a warning buzzer will sound and a message will be shown
on the multi-information display. The parking brake will then be set automati-
cally.
The brake hold system keeps the brake applied when the shift
lever in any position other than P or R with the system on and
the brake pedal has been depressed to stop the vehicle. The
system releases the brake when the accelerator pedal is
depressed with the shift lever in any position other than P or N
to allow smooth start off.
193
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Brake hold function
● If the brake pedal is left released for a period of about 3 minutes after the
system has started holding the brake, the parking brake will be set automat-
ically. In this case, a warning buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the
multi-information display.
● To turn the system off while the system is holding the brake, firmly depress
the brake pedal and press the button again.
● The brake hold function may not hold the vehicle when the vehicle is on a
steep incline. In this situation, it may be necessary for the driver to apply the
brakes. A warning buzzer will sound and the multi-information display will
inform the driver of this situation. If a warning message is shown on the
multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions.
■ When the parking brake is set automatically while the system is holding
the brakes
With the brake pedal depressed, release the parking brake by operating the
parking brake switch, making sure that the parking brake indicator light goes
off. (P. 187)
■ If “Brake Hold Fault Depress Brake to Deactivate Visit Your Dealer” is
displayed on the multi-information display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
■ Warning messages and buzzers
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution. If a warning message is shown on
the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions.
194
4-2. Driving procedures
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When the vehicle is on a steep incline
When using the brake hold system on a steep incline exercise caution. The
brake hold function may not hold the vehicle in such a situation.
■ When stopped on a slippery road
The system cannot stop the vehicle when the gripping ability of the tires has
been exceeded. Do not use the system when stopped on a slippery road.
NOTICE
■ When parking the vehicle
The brake hold system is not designed for use when parking the vehicle for
a long period of time. Turning the engine switch off while the system is hold-
ing the brake may release the brake, which would cause the vehicle to
move. When operating the engine switch, depress the brake pedal, shift the
shift lever to P and set the parking brake.
195
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Headlight switch
Turning the switch turns on the lights as follows:
For U.S.A.
The headlights, side
marker, parking lights,
daytime running lights
(P. 197) and so on
turn on and off auto-
matically.
(When the engine
switch is in the “ON”
position [vehicles with-
out a smart key system]
or IGNITION ON mode
[vehicles with a smart
key system])
The side marker, parking, tail, license plate, instrument
panel lights and daytime running lights (P. 197) turn on.
The headlights and all the lights listed above (except day-
time running lights) turn on.
The daytime running lights turn off.
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.
Operating instructions
196
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
For Canada
The headlights, side
marker, parking lights,
daytime running lights
(P. 197) and so on
turn on and off auto-
matically.
(When the engine
switch is in the “ON”
position [vehicles with-
out a smart key system]
or IGNITION ON mode
[vehicles with a smart
key system])
The side marker, parking, tail, license plate, instrument
panel lights and daytime running lights (P. 197) turn on.
The headlights and all the lights listed above (except day-
time running lights) turn on.
The daytime running lights turn on. (P. 197)
With the headlights on, push
the lever away from you to turn
on the high beams.
Pull the lever toward you to the
center position to turn the high
beams off.
Pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the high
beams once.
You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off.
Turning on the high beam headlights
197
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Daytime running light system
● The daytime running lights illuminate using the same lights as the parking
lights and illuminate brighter than the parking lights.
● To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving,
the daytime running lights turn on automatically when all of the following
conditions are met. (The daytime running lights are not designed for use at
night.)
• The engine is running
• The parking brake is released
• The headlight switch is in the (Canada only), or “AUTO”
*
position
*: When the surroundings are bright
The daytime running lights remain on after they illuminate, even if the parking
brake is set again.
● For the U.S.A.: Daytime running lights can be turned off by operating the
switch.
● Compared to turning on the headlights, the daytime running light system
offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help improve
fuel economy.
■ Headlight control sensor
The sensor may not function properly if an
object is placed on the sensor, or anything
that blocks the sensor is affixed to the
windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight sys-
tem to malfunction.
198
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Automatic light off system
Vehicles without a smart key system
● When the headlights are on: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 sec-
onds after the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position and a
door is opened and closed. (The lights turn off immediately if on the
key is pressed after all the doors are locked.)
● When only the tail lights are on: The tail lights turn off automatically if the
engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position and the driver’s
door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to “ON” position, or turn the
light switch to or once and then back to or .
If any of the doors is kept open, the lights automatically turn off after 20 min-
utes.
Vehicles with a smart key system
● When the headlights come on: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 sec-
onds after a door is opened and closed if the engine switch is turned to
ACCESSORY mode or turned off. (The lights turn off immediately if on
the key is pressed after all the doors are locked.)
● When only the tail lights come on: The tail lights turn off automatically if the
engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off and the driver’s
door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, or
turn the light switch to or once and then back to or .
If any of the doors is kept open, the lights automatically turn off after 20 min-
utes.
■ Light reminder buzzer
Vehicles without a smart key system
A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned to “LOCK” position and the
driver's door is opened while the lights are turned on.
Vehicles with a smart key system
A buzzer sounds and a message appears when the engine switch is turned
off or turned to ACCESSORY mode and the driver’s door is opened while the
lights are turned on.
199
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Battery-saving function
In the following conditions, the headlights and the other remaining lights will
go off automatically after 20 minutes in order to prevent the vehicle battery
from being discharged:
● The headlights and/or tail lights are on.
● Vehicles without a smart key system: The engine switch is turned to the
“ACC” position or turned off.
Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch is turned to ACCES-
SORY mode or turned off.
● The light switch is in or .
This function will be canceled in any of the following situations:
● Vehicles without a smart key system: The engine switch is turned to the
“ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch is turned to IGNITION
ON.
● When the light switch is operated.
● When the door is opened or closed.
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 486)
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not
running.
200
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Automatic High Beam
Push the lever away from you
with the headlight switch in the
or position.
Press the Automatic High
Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indica-
tor will come on when the head-
lights are turned on automatically
to indicate that the system is
active.
The Automatic High Beam uses an in-vehicle camera sensor to
assess the brightness of streetlights, the lights of vehicles
ahead etc., and automatically turns the high beam on or off as
necessary.
WARNING
■ Limitations of the Automatic High Beam
Do not rely on the Automatic High Beam. Always drive safely, taking care to
observe your surroundings and turning the high beam on or off manually if
necessary.
■ To prevent incorrect operation of the Automatic High Beam system
Do not overload the vehicle.
Activating the Automatic High Beam system
1
2
201
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Switching to low beam
Pull the lever to the original
position.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off.
Push the lever away from you to
activate the Automatic High
Beam system again.
■
Switching to high beam
Press the Automatic High
Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off and the high
beam indicator will turn on.
Press the switch to activate the
Automatic High Beam system
again.
Turning the high beam on/off manually
202
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ High beam automatic turning on or off conditions
● When all of the following conditions are fulfilled, the high beam will be auto-
matically turned on (after approximately 1 second):
• Vehicle speed is above approximately 21 mph (34 km/h).
• The area ahead of the vehicle is dark.
• There are no vehicles ahead with headlights or tail lights turned on.
• There are few streetlights on the road ahead.
● If any of the following conditions are fulfilled, the high beam will be automat-
ically turned off:
• Vehicle speed drops below approximately 17 mph (27 km/h).
• The area ahead of the vehicle is not dark.
• Vehicles ahead have headlights or tail lights turned on.
• There are many streetlights on the road ahead.
■ Camera sensor detection information
● The high beam may not be automatically turned off in the following situa-
tions:
• When oncoming vehicles suddenly appear from a curve
• When the vehicle is cut off in front of by another vehicle
• When vehicles ahead are hidden from sight due to repeated curves, road
dividers or roadside trees
• When vehicles ahead appear from the faraway lane on wide road
• When vehicles ahead have no lights
● The high beam may be turned off if a vehicle ahead that is using fog lights
without using the headlights is detected.
● House lights, street lights, traffic signals, and illuminated billboards or signs
may cause the high beam to switch to the low beams, or the low beams to
remain on.
● The following factors may affect the amount of time taken to turn the high
beam on or off:
• The brightness of headlights, fog lights, and tail lights of vehicles ahead
• The movement and direction of vehicles ahead
• When a vehicle ahead only has operational lights on one side
• When a vehicle ahead is a two-wheeled vehicle
• The condition of the road (gradient, curve, condition of the road surface,
etc.)
• The number of passengers and amount of luggage
203
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● The high beam may be turned on or off when the driver does not expect it.
● Bicycles or similar objects may not be detected.
● In the situations shown below, the system may not be able to accurately
detect surrounding brightness levels. This may cause the low beams to
remain on or the high beams to cause problems for pedestrians, vehicles
ahead or other parties. In these cases, manually switch between the high
and low beams.
• In bad weather (rain, snow, fog, sandstorms, etc.)
• The windshield is obscured by fog, mist, ice, dirt, etc.
• The windshield is cracked or damaged.
• The camera sensor is deformed or dirty.
• The camera sensor temperature is extremely high.
• Surrounding brightness levels are equal to those of headlights, tail lights
or fog lights.
• Vehicles ahead have headlights that are either switched off, dirty, are
changing color, or are not aimed properly.
• When driving through an area of intermittently changing brightness and
darkness.
• When frequently and repeatedly driving ascending/descending roads, or
roads with rough, bumpy or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved
roads, gravel tracks, etc.).
• When frequently and repeatedly taking curves or driving on a winding
road.
• There is a highly reflective object ahead of the vehicle, such as a sign or
a mirror.
• The back of a vehicle ahead is highly reflective, such as a container on a
truck.
• The vehicle’s headlights are damaged or dirty.
• The vehicle is listing or tilting, due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed etc.
• The high beam and low beam are repeatedly being switched between in
an abnormal manner.
• The driver believes that the high beam may be causing problems or dis-
tress to other drivers or pedestrians nearby.
204
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Temporarily lowering sensor sensitivity
The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporarily lowered.
Turn the engine switch off while the following conditions are met.
• The headlight switch is in or .
• The headlight switch lever is in high beam position.
• Automatic High Beam switch is on.
Turn the engine switch to ON mode.
Within 30 seconds after , repeat pulling the headlight switch lever to the
original position then pushing it to the high beam position quickly 10 times,
then leave the lever in high beam position.
If the sensitivity is changed, the Automatic High Beam indicator is turn on
and off 3 times.
Automatic High Beam (headlights) may turn on even the vehicle is stopped.
■ If “Headlight System Malfunction. Visit Your Dealer.” is displayed on the
multi-information display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
1
2
3
2
4
205
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Windshield wipers and washer
Operate lever as follows to select the wiper operation.
Intermittent windshield wipers with interval adjuster
When intermittent windshield wiper operation is selected, the wiper
interval can be also adjusted.
*
1
or *
2
Off
*
1
or *
2
Intermittent windshield wiper
operation
*
1
or *
2
Low speed windshield wiper
operation
*
1
or *
2
High speed windshield wiper
operation
*
1
or *
2
Temporary operation
*
1
: For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
Operating the wiper lever
206
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent operation is
selected.
Increases the intermittent wind-
shield wiper frequency
Decreases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
Washer/wiper dual operation
Wipers will automatically operate a
couple of times after the washer
squirts.
6
207
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Rain-sensing windshield wipers
When “AUTO” is selected, the wipers will operate automatically when
the sensor detects falling rain. The system automatically adjusts wiper
timing in accordance with rain volume and vehicle speed.
*
1
or *
2
Off
Rain-sensing windshield wiper
operation
*
1
or *
2
Low speed windshield wiper
operation
*
1
or *
2
High speed windshield wiper
operation
*
1
or *
2
Temporary operation
*
1
: For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
208
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
When “AUTO” is selected, the sensor sensitivity can be adjusted as
follows by turning the switch ring.
Increases the rain-sensing
windshield wiper sensitivity
Decreases the rain-sensing
windshield wiper sensitivity
Washer/wiper dual operation
Wipers will automatically operate a
couple of times after the washer
squirts.
209
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ The windshield wiper and washer can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ Effects of vehicle speed on wiper operation (vehicles with rain-sensing
windshield wipers)
Even when the wipers are not in “AUTO” mode, wiper operation varies
depending on vehicle speed when the washer is being used (delay until drip
prevention wiper sweep occurs).
■ Raindrop sensor (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers)
● If the wiper switch is turned to the “AUTO” position while the engine switch is
in IGNITION ON mode, the wiper will operate once to show that “AUTO”
mode is activated.
● If the temperature of the raindrop sensor is 194F (90C) or higher, or 5F
(-15C) or lower, automatic operation may not occur. In this case, operate
the wipers in any mode other than “AUTO”.
■ If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
● The raindrop sensor judges the amount
of raindrops.
An optical sensor is adopted. It may not
operate properly when sunlight from the
rising or setting of the sun intermittently
strikes the windshield, or if bugs, etc.,
are present on the windshield.
210
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Caution regarding the use of washer fluid
When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes
warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Caution regarding the use of windshield wipers in “AUTO” mode (vehi-
cles with rain-sensing windshield wipers)
The windshield wipers may operate unexpectedly if the sensor is touched or
the windshield is subject to vibration in “AUTO” mode. Take care that your
fingers, etc., do not become caught in the windshield wipers.
NOTICE
■ When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
■ When there is no washer fluid spray from the nozzle
Damage to the washer fluid pump may be caused if the lever is pulled
toward you and held continually.
■ When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
211
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Rear window wiper and washer
Turning the switch turns on the rear window wiper and washer
as follows:
*
1
or *
2
Off
*
1
or *
2
Intermittent window wiper oper-
ation
*
1
or *
2
Normal window wiper operation
*
1
: For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
Washer/wiper dual operation
The wiper will automatically oper-
ate a couple of times after the
washer squirts.
Operating instructions
212
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzle is not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
NOTICE
■ When the rear window is dry
Do not use the wiper, as it may damage the rear window.
■ When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
■ When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
213
4-4. Refueling
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Opening the fuel tank cap
● Vehicles without a smart key system
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position and ensure that all
the doors and windows are closed.
● Vehicles with a smart key system
Turn the engine switch off and ensure that all the doors and win-
dows are closed.
● Confirm the type of fuel.
■ Fuel types
P. 470
■ Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your vehicle has a fuel tank opening that
only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.
Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap:
Before refueling the vehicle
214
4-4. Refueling
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When refueling the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle. Failure to do
so may result in death or serious injury.
● After exiting the vehicle and before opening the fuel door, touch an
unpainted metal surface to discharge any static electricity. It is important to
discharge static electricity before refueling because sparks resulting from
static electricity can cause fuel vapors to ignite while refueling.
● Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it.
A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened.
Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot
weather, pressurized fuel may spray out the filler neck and cause injury.
● Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their
body to come close to an open fuel tank.
● Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
● Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
● Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically
charged.
This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition
hazard.
■ When refueling
Observe the following precautions to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel
tank:
● Securely insert the fuel nozzle into the fuel filler neck.
● Stop filling the tank after the fuel nozzle automatically clicks off.
● Do not top off the fuel tank.
NOTICE
■ Refueling
Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the emission control
system to operate abnormally, or damaging fuel system components, or the
vehicle’s painted surface.
215
4-4. Refueling
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Press the opener to open the
fuel filler door.
Turn the fuel tank cap slowly to
remove it and hang it on the
back of the fuel filler door.
■ When the fuel filler door cannot be opened
Opening the fuel tank cap
1
2
Open the back door and remove the
cover underneath the luggage compart-
ment light.
Pull the lever backward and check that
the fuel filler door opens.
1
2
216
4-4. Refueling
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
After refueling, turn the fuel tank
cap until you hear a click. Once
the cap is released, it will turn
slightly in the opposite direction.
Closing the fuel tank cap
WARNING
■ When replacing the fuel tank cap
Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your
vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in
death or serious injury.
217
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Toyota Safety Sense P
◆ PCS (Pre-Collision System)
P. 2 2 4
◆ LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
P. 2 3 8
◆ Automatic High Beam
P. 2 0 0
◆ Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range
P. 2 4 8
The Toyota Safety Sense P consists of the following drive assist
systems and contributes to a safe and comfortable driving expe-
rience:
WARNING
■ Toyota Safety Sense P
The Toyota Safety Sense P is designed to operate under the assumption
that the driver will drive safely, and is designed to help reduce the impact to
the occupants and the vehicle in the case of a collision or assist the driver in
normal driving conditions.
As there is a limit to the degree of recognition accuracy and control perfor-
mance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this system. The
driver is always responsible for paying attention to the vehicle’s surround-
ings and driving safely.
218
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The pre-collision system is equipped with a sophisticated computer
that will record certain data, such as:
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Operation status of the pre-collision system functions
• Information (such as the distance and relative speed between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead or other objects)
• Images from the camera sensor (available only when the pre-colli-
sion braking function or the pre-collision brake assist function was
operating)
The pre-collision system does not record conversations sounds or
images of the inside of the vehicle.
● Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose
malfunctions, conduct research and development, and improve
quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the
lessee if the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a
government agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific
vehicle or vehicle owner
● Recorded images can be erased using a specialized device.
The image recording function can be disabled. However, if the func-
tion is disabled, data from when the pre-collision system operates
will not be available.
Vehicle data recording
219
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Two types of sensors, located behind the front grille and windshield,
detect information necessary to operate the drive assist systems.
Radar sensor
Camera sensor
Sensors
WARNING
■ To avoid malfunction of the radar sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the radar sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Keep the radar sensor and front grille emblem clean at all times.
Radar sensor
Front grille emblem
If the front of the radar sensor or the
front or back of the front grille emblem
is dirty or covered with water droplets,
snow, etc., clean it.
Clean the radar sensor and front grille
emblem with a soft cloth so you do not
mark or damage them.
220
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
● Do not attach accessories, stickers (including transparent stickers) or
other items to the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding area.
● Do not subject the radar sensor or surrounding area to a strong impact.
If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper has been subjected to a
strong impact, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not disassemble the radar sensor.
● Do not modify or paint the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding
area.
● If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper needs to be removed and
installed, or replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
■ To avoid malfunction of the camera sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the camera sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Keep the windshield clean at all times.
• If the windshield is dirty or covered with an oily film, water droplets,
snow, etc., clear the windshield.
• If a glass coating agent is applied to the windshield, it will still be neces-
sary to use the windshield wipers to remove water droplets, etc. from
the area of the windshield in front of the camera sensor.
• If the inner side of the windshield where the camera sensor is installed
is dirty, contact your Toyota dealer.
B: Approximately 7.9 in. (20 cm) (Approximately 4.0 in. (10 cm) to the
right and left from the center of the camera sensor)
● Do not attach objects, such as stickers,
transparent stickers, etc., and so forth,
to the outer side of the windshield in
front of the camera sensor (shaded
area in the illustration).
A: From the top of the windshield to
approximately 0.4 in. (1 cm) below
the bottom of the camera sensor
221
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
● If the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged up or
covered with condensation or ice, use the windshield defogger to remove
the fog, condensation or ice. (P. 295)
● If water droplets cannot be properly removed from the area of the wind-
shield in front of the camera sensor by the windshield wipers, replace the
wiper insert or wiper blade.
If the wiper inserts or wiper blades need to be replaced, contact your
Toyota dealer.
● Do not attach window tinting to the windshield.
● Replace the windshield if it is damaged or cracked.
If the windshield needs to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not get the camera sensor wet.
● Do not allow bright lights to shine into the camera sensor.
● Do not dirty or damage the camera sensor.
When cleaning the inside of the windshield, do not allow glass cleaner to
contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
If the lens is dirty or damaged, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not subject the camera sensor to a strong impact.
● Do not change the installation position or direction of the camera sensor or
remove it.
● Do not disassemble the camera sensor.
● Do not modify any components of the vehicle around the camera sensor
(inside rear view mirror, etc.) or ceiling.
● Do not attach any accessories that may obstruct the camera sensor to the
hood, front grille or front bumper. Contact your Toyota dealer for details.
● If a surfboard or other long object is to be mounted on the roof, make sure
that it will not obstruct the camera sensor.
● Do not modify the headlights or other lights.
224
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
PCS (Pre-Collision System)
The pre-collision system uses a radar sensor and camera sen-
sor to detect vehicles and pedestrians in front of your vehicle.
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal col-
lision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high, a warning operates to
urge the driver to take evasive action and the potential brake
pressure is increased to help the driver avoid the collision. If the
system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with
a vehicle or pedestrian is extremely high, the brakes are auto-
matically applied to help avoid the collision or help reduce the
impact of the collision.
The pre-collision system can be disabled/enabled and the warning
timing can be changed. (P. 2 28 )
225
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
◆ Pre-collision warning
When the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal
collision is high, a buzzer will
sound and a warning message
will be displayed on the multi-
information display to urge the
driver to take evasive action.
◆ Pre-collision brake assist
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion is high, the system applies greater braking force in relation to
how strongly the brake pedal is depressed.
◆ Pre-collision braking
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion is high, the system warns the driver. If the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal collision is extremely high, the brakes
are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or reduce the
collision speed.
226
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Limitations of the pre-collision system
● The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
Do not use the pre-collision system instead of normal braking operations
under any circumstances. This system will not prevent collisions or lessen
collision damage or injury in every situation. Do not overly rely on this sys-
tem. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious
injury.
● Although this system is designed to help avoid a collision or help reduce
the impact of the collision, its effectiveness may change according to vari-
ous conditions, therefore the system may not always be able to achieve
the same level of performance.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system
and always drive carefully.
• Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision: P. 231
• Conditions under which the system may not operate properly: P. 234
● Do not attempt to test the operation of the pre-collision system yourself, as
the system may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident.
■ Pre-collision braking
● When the pre-collision braking function is operating, a large amount of
braking force will be applied.
● If the vehicle is stopped by the operation of the pre-collision braking func-
tion, the pre-collision braking function operation will be canceled after
approximately 2 seconds. Depress the brake pedal as necessary.
● The pre-collision braking function may not operate if certain operations are
performed by the driver. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed
strongly or the steering wheel is being turned, the system may determine
that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly prevent the pre-colli-
sion braking function from operating.
● In some situations, while the pre-collision braking function is operating,
operation of the function may be canceled if the accelerator pedal is
depressed strongly or the steering wheel is turned and the system deter-
mines that the driver is taking evasive action.
● If the brake pedal is being depressed, the system may determine that the
driver is taking evasive action and possibly delay the operation timing of
the pre-collision braking function.
227
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When to disable the pre-collision system
In the following situations, disable the system, as it may not operate prop-
erly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
● When the vehicle is being towed
● When your vehicle is towing another vehicle
● When transporting the vehicle via truck, boat, train or similar means of
transportation
● When the vehicle is raised on a lift with the engine running and the tires
are allowed to rotate freely
● When inspecting the vehicle using a drum tester such as a chassis dyna-
mometer or speedometer tester, or when using an on vehicle wheel bal-
ancer
● When a strong impact is applied to the front bumper or front grille, due to
an accident or other reasons
● If the vehicle cannot be driven in a stable manner, such as when the vehi-
cle has been in an accident or is malfunctioning
● When the vehicle is driven in a sporty manner or off-road
● When the tires are not properly inflated
● When the tires are very worn
● When tires of a size other than specified are installed
● When tire chains are installed
● When a compact spare tire or an emergency tire puncture repair kit is used
● If equipment (snow plow, etc.) that may obstruct the radar sensor or cam-
era sensor is temporarily installed to the vehicle
228
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Enabling/disabling the pre-collision system
The pre-collision system can be enabled/disabled on the multi-
information display as following:
The system is automatically enabled each time the engine switch is
turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or
turned to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system).
Press “” or “” of meter control switches and select .
Press “” or “” of meter control switches and select ,
and press .
Press “” or “” of meter control switches and select ,
and press to select the desired setting (on/off).
If the system is disabled, the
PCS warning light will turn on
and a message will be dis-
played on the multi-information
display.
Changing settings of the pre-collision system
1
2
3
229
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Changing the pre-collision warning timing
The pre-collision warning timing can be changed on the multi-infor-
mation display as following:
The operation timing setting is retained when the engine switch is
turned off.
Press “” or “” of meter control switches and select .
Press “” or “” of meter control switches and select ,
and press .
Press “” or “” of meter control switches and select
“ Sensitivity”, and press to select the desired setting.
Far
The warning will begin to
operate earlier than with the
default timing.
Middle
This is the default setting.
Near
The warning will begin to
operate later than with the
default timing.
1
2
3
230
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Operational conditions
The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the pos-
sibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high.
Each function is operational at the following speeds:
● Pre-collision warning:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180 km/h).
(For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and
50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision brake assist:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 20 and 110 mph (30 and 180
km/h). (For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approxi-
mately 20 and 50 mph [30 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision braking:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180 km/h).
(For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and
50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
The system may not operate in the following situations:
● If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the
vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
● If the shift lever is in R
● If VSC is disabled (only the pre-collision warning function will be opera-
tional)
231
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Pedestrian detection function
■ Cancelation of the pre-collision braking
If either of the following occur while the pre-collision braking function is oper-
ating, it will be canceled:
● The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly.
● The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly.
■ Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision
● In some situations such as the following, the system may determine that
there is a possibility of a frontal collision and operate.
• When passing a vehicle or pedestrian
• When changing lanes while overtaking a preceding vehicle
• When overtaking a preceding vehicle that is changing lanes
The pre-collision system detects pedestri-
ans based on the size, profile, and motion
of a detected object. However, a pedes-
trian may not be detected depending on
the surrounding brightness and the
motion, posture, and angle of the
detected object, preventing the system
from operating properly. (P. 236)
• When overtaking a preceding vehicle
that is making a left/right turn
• When passing a vehicle in an oncom-
ing lane that is stopped to make a
right/left turn
• When driving on a road where relative
location to vehicle ahead in an adja-
cent lane may change, such as on a
winding road
232
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
• When rapidly closing on a vehicle ahead
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered, such as when the road sur-
face is uneven or undulating
• When approaching objects on the roadside, such as guardrails, utility
poles, trees, or walls
• When driving on a narrow path surrounded by a structure, such as in a
tunnel or on an iron bridge
• When there is a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.), steps, or a
protrusion on the road surface or roadside
• When there is a vehicle, pedestrian,
or object by the roadside at the
entrance of a curve
• When a crossing pedestrian
approaches very close to the vehicle
233
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
• When rapidly closing on an electric toll gate barrier, parking area barrier,
or other barrier that opens and closes
• When using an automatic car wash
• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc., from a vehicle ahead
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When there are patterns or paint on the road or a wall that may be mis-
taken for a vehicle or pedestrian
• When driving near an object that reflects radio waves, such as a large
truck or guardrail
• When driving near a TV tower, broadcasting station, electric power plant,
or other location where strong radio waves or electrical noise may be
present
• When passing through a place with a
low structure above the road (low ceil-
ing, traffic sign, etc.)
• When passing under an object (bill-
board, etc.) at the top of an uphill road
• When driving through or under
objects that may contact the vehicle,
such as thick grass, tree branches, or
a banner
234
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Situations in which the system may not operate properly
● In some situations such as the following, a vehicle may not be detected by
the radar sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating
properly:
• If an oncoming vehicle is approaching your vehicle
• If a vehicle ahead is a motorcycle or bicycle
• When approaching the side or front of a vehicle
• If a preceding vehicle has a small rear end, such as an unloaded truck
• If a vehicle ahead is carrying a load which protrudes past its rear bumper
• If a vehicle ahead is irregularly shaped, such as a tractor or side car
• If the sun or other light is shining directly on a vehicle ahead
• If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle or emerges from beside a vehicle
• If a vehicle ahead makes an abrupt maneuver (such as sudden swerving,
acceleration or deceleration)
• When suddenly cutting behind a preceding vehicle
• If a preceding vehicle has a low rear
end, such as a low bed trailer
• If a vehicle ahead has extremely high
ground clearance
• When a vehicle ahead is not directly
in front of your vehicle
235
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
• When driving in inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a
sandstorm
• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc., from a vehicle ahead
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When driving in a place where the surrounding brightness changes sud-
denly, such as at the entrance or exit of a tunnel
• When a very bright light, such as the sun or the headlights of oncoming
traffic, shines directly into the camera sensor
• When the surrounding area is dim, such as at dawn or dusk, or while at
night or in a tunnel
• After the engine has started the vehicle has not been driven for a certain
amount of time
• While making a left/right turn and for a few seconds after making a left/
right turn
• While driving on a curve and for a few seconds after driving on a curve
• If your vehicle is skidding
• If the wheels are misaligned
• If a wiper blade is blocking the camera sensor
• The vehicle is wobbling.
• The vehicle is being driven at extremely high speeds.
• When driving on a hill
• If the radar sensor or camera sensor is misaligned
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or
lowered
236
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● In some situations such as the following, sufficient braking force may not be
obtained, preventing the system from performing properly:
• If the braking functions cannot operate to their full extent, such as when
the brake parts are extremely cold, extremely hot, or wet
• If the vehicle is not properly maintained (brakes or tires are excessively
worn, improper tire inflation pressure, etc.)
• When the vehicle is being driven on a gravel road or other slippery sur-
face
● Some pedestrians such as the following may not be detected by the radar
sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating properly:
• Pedestrians shorter than approximately 3.2 ft. (1 m) or taller than approx-
imately 6.5 ft. (2 m)
• Pedestrians wearing oversized clothing (a rain coat, long skirt, etc.), mak-
ing their silhouette obscure
• Pedestrians who are carrying large baggage, holding an umbrella, etc.,
hiding part of their body
• Pedestrians who are bending forward or squatting
• Pedestrians who are pushing a stroller, wheelchair, bicycle or other vehi-
cle
• Groups of pedestrians which are close together
• Pedestrians who are wearing white and look extremely bright
• Pedestrians in the dark, such as at night or while in a tunnel
• Pedestrians whose clothing appears to be nearly the same color or
brightness as their surroundings
• Pedestrians near walls, fences, guardrails, or large objects
• Pedestrians who are on a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.)
on the road
• Pedestrians who are walking fast
• Pedestrians who are changing speed abruptly
• Pedestrians running out from behind a vehicle or a large object
• Pedestrians who are extremely close to the side of the vehicle (outside
rear view mirror, etc.)
237
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ If the PCS warning light flashes or illuminates, and a warning message is
displayed on the multi-information display
The pre-collision system may be temporarily unavailable or there may be a
malfunction in the system.
● In the following situations, the warning light will turn off, the message will
disappear and the system will become operational when normal operating
conditions return:
• When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sen-
sor is hot, such as in the sun
• When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sen-
sor is cold, such as in an extremely cold environment
• When a front sensor is dirty or covered with snow, etc.
• When the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged
up or covered with condensation or ice
(Defogging the windshield: P. 295)
• If the camera sensor is obstructed, such as when the hood is open or a
sticker is attached to the windshield near the camera sensor
● If the PCS warning light continues to flash or remains illuminated or the
warning message does not disappear even though the vehicle has returned
to normal, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer immediately.
■ If VSC is disabled
● If VSC is disabled (P. 281), the pre-collision brake assist and pre-collision
braking functions are also disabled.
● The PCS warning light will turn on and “VSC Turned Off Pre-Collision Brake
System Unavailable.” will be displayed on the multi-information display.
238
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering
control)
When driving on highways and freeways with white (yellow) lines, this
function alerts the driver when the vehicle might depart from its lane
and provides assistance by operating the steering wheel to keep the
vehicle in its lane.
The LDA system recognizes visi-
ble white (yellow) lines with the
camera sensor on the upper por-
tion of the windshield.
◆ Lane departure alert function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane, a warning is dis-
played on the multi-information
display and the warning buzzer
sounds to alert the driver.
When the warning buzzer
sounds, check the surrounding
road situation and carefully
operate the steering wheel to
move the vehicle back to the
center of the line.
Summary of functions
Functions included in LDA system
239
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
◆ Steering control function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane, the system pro-
vides assistance as necessary
by operating the steering wheel
in small amounts for a short
period of time to keep the vehi-
cle in its lane.
If the system detects that the
steering wheel has not been
operated for a fixed amount of
time or the steering wheel is not
being firmly gripped, a warning
is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display and the warning
buzzer sounds.
◆ Vehicle sway warning function
When the vehicle is swaying or
appears as if it may depart from
its lane multiple times, the
warning buzzer sounds and a
message is displayed on the
multi-information display to alert
the driver.
240
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Before using LDA system
Do not rely solely upon the LDA system. The LDA system does not auto-
matically drive the vehicle or reduce the amount of attention that must be
paid to the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume full
responsibility for driving safely by paying careful attention to the surround-
ing conditions and operating the steering wheel to correct the path of the
vehicle. Also, the driver must take adequate breaks when fatigued, such as
from driving for a long period of time.
Failure to perform appropriate driving operations and pay careful attention
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ To avoid operating LDA system by mistake
When not using the LDA system, use the LDA switch to turn the system off.
■ Situations unsuitable for LDA system
Do not use the LDA system in the following situations.
The system may not operate properly and lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
● A compact spare tire, tire chains, etc., are equipped.
● When the tires have been excessively worn, or when the tire inflation pres-
sure is low.
● Tires which differ by structure, manufacturer, brand or tread pattern are
used.
● Objects or patterns that could be mistaken for white (yellow) lines are
present on the side of the road (guardrails, curbs, reflective poles, etc.).
● Vehicle is driven on a snow-covered road.
● White (yellow) lines are difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc.
● Asphalt repair marks, white (yellow) line marks, etc., are present due to
road repair.
● Vehicle is driven in a temporary lane or restricted lane due to construction
work.
● Vehicle is driven on a road surface which is slippery due to rainy weather,
fallen snow, freezing, etc.
● Vehicle is driven in traffic lanes other than on highways and freeways.
● Vehicle is driven in a construction zone.
● During emergency towing.
241
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Press the LDA switch to turn the
LDA system on.
The LDA indicator illuminates and
a message is displayed on the
multi-information display.
Press the LDA switch again to turn
the LDA system off.
When the LDA system is turned on
or off, operation of the LDA system
continues in the same condition
the next time the engine is started.
WARNING
■ Preventing LDA system malfunctions and operations performed by
mistake
● Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc., on the surface of the
lights.
● Do not modify the suspension, etc. If the suspension, etc., needs to be
replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not install or place anything on the hood or grille. Also, do not install a
grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.).
● If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota dealer.
Turning LDA system on
242
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
LDA indicator
The illumination condition of the
indicator informs the driver of the
system operation status.
Illuminated in white:
LDA system is operating.
Illuminated in green:
Steering wheel assistance of the
steering control function is operat-
ing.
Flashing in orange:
Lane departure alert function is
operating.
Operation display of steering
wheel operation support
Indicates that steering wheel assistance of the steering control function is
operating.
Lane departure alert function display
Displayed when the multi-information display is switched to the driving
assist system information screen.
Indications on multi-information display
Inside of displayed white lines
is white
Inside of displayed white lines
is black
Indicates that the system is recog-
nizing white (yellow) lines. When
the vehicle departs from its lane,
the white line displayed on the
side the vehicle departs from
flashes orange.
Indicates that the system is not
able to recognize white (yellow)
lines or is temporarily canceled.
243
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Operation conditions of each function
● Lane departure alert function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• LDA is turned on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
• System recognizes white (yellow) lines.
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• Turn signal lever is not operated.
• Vehicle is driven on a straight road or around a gentle curve with a radius
of more than approximately 492 ft. (150 m).
• No system malfunctions are detected. (P. 246)
● Steering control function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met in addi-
tion to the operation conditions for the lane departure alert function.
• Setting for “ Steering Assist” in screen of the multi-information
display is set to on. (P. 493)
• Vehicle is not accelerated or decelerated by a fixed amount or more.
• Steering wheel is not operated with a steering force level suitable for
changing lanes.
• ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS are not operating.
• TRAC or VSC is not turned off.
• Hands off steering wheel alert is not displayed. (P. 244)
● Vehicle sway warning function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• Setting for “ Alert” in screen of the multi-information display is
set to on. (P. 493)
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• No system malfunctions are detected. (P. 246)
244
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Temporary cancellation of functions
When the operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be tempo-
rarily canceled. However, when the operation conditions are met again, oper-
ation of the function is automatically restored. (P. 243)
■ Steering control function
Depending on the vehicle speed, lane departure situation, road conditions,
etc., the driver may not feel the function is operating or the function may not
operate at all.
■ Lane departure alert function
The warning buzzer may be difficult to hear due to external noise, audio play-
back, etc.
■ Hands off steering wheel alert
If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel, a warning
message and the symbol shown in the illustration are displayed on the multi-
information display, and the function is temporarily canceled. This warning
also operates in the same way when the driver continuously operates the
steering wheel only a small amount. Always keep your hands on the steering
wheel when using this system, regardless of warnings.
Depending on the vehicle and road conditions, the warning may not operate.
■ Vehicle sway warning function
Depending on the vehicle and road conditions, the warning may not operate.
■ White (yellow) lines are only on one side of road
The LDA system will not operate for the side on which white (yellow) lines
could not be recognized.
When the system determines that the
driver has removed their hands from the
steering wheel while the steering control
function is operating, a warning message
urging the driver to hold the steering
wheel and the symbol shown in the illus-
tration are displayed on the multi-informa-
tion display.
When the system determines that the
vehicle is swaying while the vehicle sway
warning function is operating, a buzzer
sounds and a warning message urging
the driver to rest and the symbol shown in
the illustration are simultaneously dis-
played on the multi-information display.
245
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Conditions in which functions may not operate properly
In the following situations, the camera sensor may not detect white (yellow)
lines and various functions may not operate normally.
● There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover, the white
(yellow) lines.
● The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines, such as in front
of a tollgate or checkpoint, or at an intersection, etc.
● The white (yellow) lines are cracked, “Botts’ dots”, “Raised pavement
marker” or stones are present.
● The white (yellow) lines cannot be seen or are difficult to see due to sand,
etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain, puddles, etc.
● The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to recognize than
lines that are white).
● The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete.
● The vehicle is driven on a surface that is bright due to reflected light, etc.
● The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly,
such as at the entrances and exits of tunnels, etc.
● Light from the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc., enters the
camera.
● The vehicle is driven where the road diverges, merges, etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a slope.
● The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a winding road.
● The vehicle is driven on an unpaved or rough road.
● The vehicle is driven around a sharp curve.
● The traffic lane is excessively narrow or wide.
● The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage or having
improper tire pressure.
● The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short.
● The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to road conditions
during driving (poor roads or road seams).
● The headlight lenses are dirty and emit a faint amount of light at night, or the
beam axis has deviated.
● The vehicle is struck by a crosswind.
● The vehicle has just changed lanes or crossed an intersection.
● Snow tires, etc., are equipped.
246
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Warning message
If the following warning message is displayed on the multi-information display
and the LDA indicator illuminates in orange, follow the appropriate trouble-
shooting procedure.
If a different warning message is displayed, follow the instructions displayed
on the screen.
Warning message Details/Actions
“Lane Departure
Alert
Malfunction.
Visit Your Dealer.”
The system may not be operating properly.
Have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota
dealer.
“Front Camera
Vision Blocked.
Clean and Demist
Windshield.”
Dirt, rain, condensation, ice, snow, etc., are
present on the windshield in front of the camera
sensor.
Turn the LDA system off, remove any dirt,
rain, condensation, ice, snow, etc., from the
windshield, and then turn the LDA system
back on.
“Front Camera
Unavailable.”
The operation conditions of the camera sensor
(temperature, etc.) are not met.
When the operation conditions of the camera
sensor (temperature, etc.) are met, the LDA
system will become available. Turn the LDA
system off, wait for a little while, and then
turn the LDA system back on.
“LDA Unavailable.”
The LDA system is temporarily canceled due to
a malfunction in a sensor other than the camera
sensor.
Turn the LDA system off and follow the
appropriate troubleshooting procedures for
the warning message. Afterward, drive the
vehicle for a short time, and then turn the
LDA system back on.
“LDA Unavailable
Below Approx. 32
MPH (50km/h).”
The LDA system cannot be used as the vehicle
speed is approximately less than 32 mph (50
km/h).
Drive the vehicle at approximately 32 mph (50
km/h) or more.
247
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Customization
The following settings can be changed.
For how to change settings, refer to P. 486.
Function Setting details
Lane departure alert function Adjust alert sensitivity
Steering control function Turn steering wheel assistance on and off
Vehicle sway warning function
Turn function on and off
Adjust alert sensitivity
248
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed
range
In vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle automatically
accelerates, decelerates and stops to match the speed changes of the
preceding vehicle even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. In
constant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed.
Use the dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range on free-
ways and highways.
● Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode (P. 251)
● Constant speed control mode (P. 258)
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
switch
Display
Indicators
Set speed
Cruise control switch
Summary of functions
249
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Before using dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range
Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Do not rely solely on the
system, and drive safely by always paying careful attention to your sur-
roundings.
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range provides driving
assistance to reduce the driver’s burden. However, there are limitations to
the assistance provided.
Set the speed appropriately depending on the speed limit, traffic flow, road
conditions, weather conditions, etc. The driver is responsible for checking
the set speed.
Even when the system is functioning normally, the condition of the preced-
ing vehicle as detected by the system may differ from the condition
observed by the driver. Therefore, the driver must always remain alert,
assess the danger of each situation and drive safely. Relying on this system
or assuming the system ensures safety while driving can lead to an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Cautions regarding the driving assist systems
Observe the following precautions, as there are limitations to the assistance
provided by the system.
Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Assisting the driver to measure following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is only intended to
help the driver in determining the following distance between the driver’s
own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling ahead. It is not a mecha-
nism that allows careless or inattentive driving, and it is not a system that
can assist the driver in low-visibility conditions. It is still necessary for
driver to pay close attention to the vehicle’s surroundings.
● Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range determines
whether the following distance between the driver’s own vehicle and a
designated vehicle traveling ahead is within a set range. It is not capable
of making any other type of judgement. Therefore, it is absolutely neces-
sary for the driver to remain vigilant and to determine whether or not there
is a possibility of danger in any given situation.
● Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range has limited capabil-
ity to prevent or avoid a collision with a vehicle traveling ahead. Therefore,
if there is ever any danger, the driver must take immediate and direct con-
trol of the vehicle and act appropriately in order to ensure the safety of all
involved.
250
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ To avoid inadvertent dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed
range activation
Switch the dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range off using the
“ON-OFF” button when not in use.
■ Situations unsuitable for dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed
range
Do not use dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range in any of the
following situations.
Doing so may result in inappropriate speed control and could cause an acci-
dent resulting in death or serious injury.
● Roads where there are pedestrians, cyclists, etc.
● In heavy traffic
● On roads with sharp bends
● On winding roads
● On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
● On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes between sharp up
and down gradients
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
● At entrances to freeways and highways
● When weather conditions are bad enough that they may prevent the sen-
sors from detecting correctly (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.)
● When there is rain, snow, etc., on the front surface of the radar sensor or
camera sensor
● In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration and decel-
eration
● During emergency towing
● When an approach warning buzzer is heard often
251
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
This mode employs a radar sensor to detect the presence of vehicles
up to approximately 328 ft. (100 m) ahead, determines the current
vehicle-to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a suit-
able following distance from the vehicle ahead.
Note that vehicle-to-vehicle distance will close in when traveling on long
downhill slopes.
Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
252
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Example of constant speed cruising
When there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The desired vehicle-to-
vehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance switch.
Example of deceleration cruising and follow-up cruising
When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed
appears
When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically
decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is
necessary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will come on at
this time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle
ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver.
Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate suffi-
ciently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead.
When the vehicle ahead of you stops, your vehicle will also stop (vehicle is
stopped by system control). After the vehicle ahead starts off, pushing the
cruise control lever up or depressing the accelerator pedal will resume fol-
low-up cruising.
Example of acceleration
When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower
than the set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then
returns to constant speed cruising.
253
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Radar cruise control indicator will
come on and a message will be
displayed on the multi-information
display.
Press the button again to deacti-
vate the cruise control.
If the “ON-OFF” button is pressed
and held for 1.5 seconds or more,
the system turns on in constant
speed control mode. (P. 258)
Accelerate or decelerate, with
accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed (at or
above approximately 30 mph
[50 km/h]) and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the lever is released becomes the
set speed.
If the lever is operated while the
vehicle speed is below approxi-
mately 30 mph (50 km/h) and a
preceding vehicle is present, the
set speed will be adjusted to
approximately 30 mph (50 km/h).
Setting the vehicle speed (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode)
1
2
254
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed
is displayed.
Increases the speed
(Except when the vehicle has been
stopped by system control in vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance control
mode)
Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired
direction.
Large adjustment: Hold the lever up or down to change the speed,
and release when the desired speed is reached.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the lever is operated
For the U.S. mainland, Hawaii
Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*
1
or 1 km/h
(0.6 mph)
*
2
increments for as long as the lever is held
For Canada, Guam and Puerto Rico
Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 5 mph (8 km/h)*
1
or 5 km/h
(3.1 mph)
*
2
increments for as long as the lever is held
In the constant speed control mode (P. 258), the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the lever is operated
Large adjustment: The speed will continue to change while the lever is
held.
*
1
: When the set speed is shown in “MPH”
*
2
: When the set speed is shown in “km/h”
Adjusting the set speed
255
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Pressing the switch changes the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance as fol-
lows:
Long
Medium
Short
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance is
set automatically to long mode
when the engine switch is turned to
the “ON” position (vehicles without
a smart key system) or IGNITION
ON mode (vehicles with a smart
key system).
If a vehicle is running ahead of you, the preceding vehicle mark will also be
displayed.
Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown
correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle
distance increases/decreases in accordance with vehicle speed.
When the vehicle is stopped by system control, the vehicle stops at a
certain vehicle-to-vehicle distance depending on the situation.
Changing the vehicle-to-vehicle distance (vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode)
Preceding vehicle mark
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance settings (vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode)
Distance options Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Long Approximately 160 ft. (50 m)
Medium Approximately 130 ft. (40 m)
Short Approximately 100 ft. (30 m)
256
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
After the vehicle ahead of you
starts off, push the lever up.
Your vehicle will also resume
follow-up cruising if the accelera-
tor pedal is depressed after the
vehicle ahead of you starts off.
Pulling the lever toward you
cancels the speed control.
The speed control is also canceled
when the brake pedal is
depressed.
(When the vehicle has been
stopped by system control,
depressing the brake pedal does
not cancel the setting.)
Pushing the lever up resumes the cruise control and returns vehicle
speed to the set speed.
However, when a vehicle ahead is not detected, cruise control does not
resume when the vehicle speed is approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) or less.
Resuming follow-up cruising when the vehicle has been stopped
by system control (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
Canceling and resuming the speed control
257
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
When your vehicle is too close to
a vehicle ahead, and sufficient
automatic deceleration via the
cruise control is not possible, the
display will flash and the buzzer
will sound to alert the driver. An
example of this would be if
another driver cuts in front of you
while you are following a vehicle.
Depress the brake pedal to
ensure an appropriate vehicle-to-
vehicle distance.
■ Warnings may not occur when
In the following instances, warnings may not occur even when the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small.
● When the speed of the preceding vehicle matches or exceeds
your vehicle speed
● When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow
speed
● Immediately after the cruise control speed was set
● When depressing the accelerator pedal
Approach warning (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
258
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
When constant speed control mode is selected, your vehicle will main-
tain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
Select this mode only when vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
does not function correctly due to a dirty radar sensor, etc.
With the cruise control off,
press and hold the “ON-OFF”
button for 1.5 seconds or more.
Immediately after the “ON-OFF”
button is pressed, the radar cruise
control indicator will come on.
Afterwards, it switches to the cruise
control indicator.
Switching to constant speed con-
trol mode is only possible when
operating the lever with the cruise
control off.
Accelerate or decelerate, with
accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed (at or
above approximately 25 mph
[40 km/h]) and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the lever is released becomes the
set speed.
Adjusting the speed setting: P. 254
Canceling and resuming the speed setting: P. 256
Selecting constant speed control mode
1
2
259
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range can be set when
● The shift lever is in D.
● Vehicle speed is at or above approximately 30 mph (50 km/h).
However, when a preceding vehicle is detected, the dynamic radar cruise
control with full-speed range can be set even if the vehicle speed is at or
below approximately 30 mph (50 km/h).
■ Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
The vehicle can accelerate by operating the accelerator pedal. After acceler-
ating, the set speed resumes. However, during vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode, the vehicle speed may decrease below the set speed in order
to maintain the distance to the preceding vehicle.
■ When the vehicle stops while follow-up cruising
● Pushing the lever up while the vehicle ahead stops will resume follow-up
cruising if the vehicle ahead starts off within approximately 3 seconds after
the lever is pushed up.
● If the vehicle ahead starts off within 3 seconds after your vehicle stops, fol-
low-up cruising will be resumed.
■ Automatic cancelation of vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled in the fol-
lowing situations:
● Actual vehicle speed falls at or below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) when
there are no vehicles ahead.
● The preceding vehicle leaves the lane when your vehicle is following at a
vehicle speed at or below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h). Otherwise, the
sensor cannot properly detect the vehicle.
● VSC is activated.
● TRAC is activated for a period of time.
● When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
● The sensor cannot detect correctly because it is covered in some way.
● Pre-collision braking is activated.
● The parking brake is operated.
● The vehicle is stopped by system control on a steep incline.
● The following are detected when the vehicle has been stopped by system
control:
• The driver is not wearing a seat belt.
• The driver’s door is opened.
• The vehicle has been stopped for about 3 minutes.
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for any
other reason, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota
dealer.
260
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Automatic cancelation of constant speed control mode
Constant speed control mode is automatically canceled in the following situa-
tions:
● Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below
the set vehicle speed.
● Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
● VSC is activated.
● TRAC is activated for a period of time.
● When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
● Pre-collision braking is activated.
If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any other rea-
son, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
■ Brake system operation sound
If the brakes are applied automatically while the vehicle is in vehicle-to-vehi-
cle distance control mode, a brake system operation sound may be heard.
This does not indicate a malfunction.
■ Warning messages and buzzers for dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving. If a warning message
is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the
instructions.
■ When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead
In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, operate the
brake pedal when deceleration of the system is insufficient or operate the
accelerator pedal when acceleration is required.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehicles, the
approach warning (P. 257) may not be activated.
● Vehicles that cut in suddenly
● Vehicles traveling at low speeds
● Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane
261
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board, etc.)
● Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
● When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the
detecting of the sensor
● When your vehicle is pointing upwards
(caused by a heavy load in the luggage
compartment, etc.)
● Preceding vehicle has an extremely high
ground clearance
262
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
may not function correctly
In the case of the following conditions, operate the brake pedal (or accelera-
tor pedal, depending on the situation) as necessary.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, the system
may not operate properly.
● When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly
● When driving on a road surrounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or on
a bridge
● While the vehicle speed is decreasing to the set speed after the vehicle
accelerates by depressing the accelerator pedal
● When the road curves or when the lanes
are narrow
● When steering wheel operation or your
position in the lane is unstable
263
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Driving mode select
■ Changing the driving mode
To select the drive mode, perform operations on the multi-information
display.
Press “” or “” of meter control switches and select .
Press “” or “” of the meter control switches, and select “Drive
Mode”.
Press “” or “” of the meter control switches, and select drive
mode.
In response to driving conditions, one of 3 drive modes can be
selected.
Select the drive mode
1
2
3
264
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Driving modes
● “NORMAL” mode
Provides an optimal balance of fuel economy, quietness, and
dynamic performance. Suitable for city driving.
● “SPORT” mode
Controls the transmission and engine to provide quick, powerful
acceleration. This mode also changes the steering feel, making it
suitable for when agile driving response is desired, such as when
driving on roads with many curves.
When sport mode is selected, the “SPORT” indicator will illuminate
on the multi-information display.
● “ECO” mode
Helps the driver accelerate in an eco-friendly manner and
improve fuel economy through moderate throttle characteristics
and by controlling the operation of the air conditioning system
(heating/cooling).
When Eco mode is selected, the “ECO MODE” indicator will illumi-
nate on the multi-information display.
While the air conditioning is being used, the system automatically
switches to air conditioning eco mode (P. 297), allowing for driving
that leads to even better fuel economy.
■ Canceling driving modes
● Select another drive mode. Also, “SPORT” mode will be canceled automati-
cally when the engine switch is turned off.
● “NORMAL” mode and “ECO” mode will not be canceled automatically until
another drive mode is selected, even if the engine switch is turned off.
265
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)
The Blind Spot Monitor is a system that has 2 functions;
● The BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) function
Assists the driver in making the decision when changing lanes
● The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) function
Assists the driver when backing up
These functions use same sensors.
: If equipped
Summary of the Blind Spot Monitor
266
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Outside rear view mirror indicators
BSM function:
When a vehicle is detected in a blind spot of the outside rear view mirrors
or approaching rapidly from behind into a blind spot, the outside rear view
mirror indicator on the detected side will illuminate. If the turn signal lever
is operated toward the detected side, the outside rear view mirror indicator
will flash.
RCTA function:
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle
is detected, both outside rear view mirror indicators will flash.
Multi-information display
Turning the BSM function/RCTA function on/off. (P. 267)
The RCTA function is available when the BSM function is on.
RCTA buzzer (RCTA function only)
If a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is
detected, a buzzer will sound. The buzzer also sounds for approximately
1 second immediately after the BSM function is operated to turn the sys-
tem on.
“BSM” indicator/“RCTA” indicator
When the BSM function/RCTA function is turned on, the indicator illumi-
nates.
267
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Press “” or “” of the meter control switches, select .
Press “” or “” of the meter control switches, select .
Press “” or “” of the meter control switches, select or
.
■ The outside rear view mirror indicators visibility
When under strong sunlight, the outside rear view mirror indicator may be dif-
ficult to see.
■ Hearing the RCTA buzzer
The RCTA buzzer may be difficult to hear over loud noises, such as if the
audio system volume is high.
■ When “Blind Spot Monitor Unavailable.” is shown on the multi-informa-
tion display
Water, snow mud, etc., may be built up in the vicinity of the sensor area of
bumper (P. 269).
Removing the water, snow, mud, etc., from the vicinity of the sensor area
bumper should return it to normal.
Also, the sensor may not function normally when used in extremely hot or
cold weather.
■ When “Blind Spot Monitor System Malfunction Visit Your Dealer.” is
shown on the multi-information display
There may be a sensor malfunction or misaligned. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Turning the BSM function/RCTA function on/off
1
2
3
268
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Certification for the Blind Spot Monitor
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
FCC ID: OAYSRR3A
This devise complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Frequency bands: 24.05 - 24.25GHz
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
269
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Handling the radar sensor
One Blind Spot Monitor sensor is installed inside the left and right side of
the vehicle rear bumper respectively. Observe the following to ensure the
Blind Spot Monitor can function correctly.
If the warning message does not disappear, have the vehicle inspected
by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not subject a sensor or its surrounding area on the rear bumper to a
strong impact.
If a sensor is moved even slightly off position, the system may malfunction
and vehicles may not be detected correctly.
In the following situations, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
• A sensor or its surrounding area is subject to a strong impact.
• If the surrounding area of a sensor is scratched or dented, or part of
them has become disconnected.
● Do not disassemble the sensor.
● Do not attach accessories or stickers to the sensor or surrounding area on
the bumper.
● Do not modify the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper.
● Do not paint the rear bumper any color other than an official Toyota color.
● Keep the sensor and its surrounding
area on the bumper clean at all times.
If a sensor or its surrounding area on
the rear bumper is dirty or covered
with snow, the Blind Spot Monitor may
not operate and a warning message
(P. 267) will be displayed.
In this situation, clear off the dirt or
snow and drive the vehicle with the
operation conditions of the BSM func-
tion (P. 272) satisfied for approxi-
mately 10 minutes.
270
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The BSM function uses radar sensors to detect the following vehicles
traveling in adjacent lanes and advises the driver of the presence of
such vehicles via the indicators on the outside rear view mirrors.
Vehicles that are traveling in areas that are not visible using the out-
side rear view mirrors (the blind spots)
Vehicles that are approaching rapidly from behind in areas that are
not visible using the outside rear view mirrors (the blind spots)
BSM function
271
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
The range of each detection area is:
Approximately 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) to 11.5 ft. (3.5 m) from either side of
the vehicle
*
*
: The area between the side of the vehicle and 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) from the side
of the vehicle cannot be detected.
Approximately 3.3 ft. (1 m) forward of the rear bumper
Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) from the rear bumper
Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) to 197 ft. (60 m) from the rear bumper
*
*
: The greater the difference in speed between your vehicle and the detected
vehicle is, the farther away the vehicle will be detected, causing the out-
side rear view mirror indicator to illuminate or flash.
BSM function detection areas
272
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ The BSM function is operational when
The BSM function is operational when all of the following conditions are met:
● The BSM system is set to on (P. 267)
● The shift lever is in a position other than R.
● Vehicle speed is greater than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h)
■ The BSM function will detect a vehicle when
The BSM function will detect a vehicle present in the detection area in the
following situations:
● A vehicle in an adjacent lane overtakes your vehicle.
● You overtake a vehicle in adjacent lane slowly.
● Another vehicle enters the detection area when it changes lanes.
■ Conditions under which the BSM function will not detect a vehicle
The BSM function is not designed to detect the following types of vehicles
and/or objects:
● Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.
*
● Vehicles traveling in the opposite direction
● Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects
*
● Following vehicles that are in the same lane*
● Vehicles traveling 2 lanes away from your vehicle*
*
: Depending on conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.
WARNING
■ Cautions regarding the use of the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The Blind Spot Monitor function is a supplementary function which alerts the
driver that a vehicle is present in the blind spot. Do not overly rely on the
Blind Spot Monitor function. The function cannot judge if it is safe to change
lanes, therefore over reliance could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.
273
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Conditions under which the BSM function may not function correctly
● The BSM function may not detect vehicles correctly in the following situa-
tions:
• When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its
surrounding area
• When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc., is covering the sensor or surround-
ing area on the rear bumper
• When driving on a road surface that is wet with standing water during bad
weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog
• When multiple vehicles are approaching with only a small gap between
each vehicle
• When the distance between your vehicle and a following vehicle is short
• When there is a significant difference in speed between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• Vehicles which are being overtaken rapidly by your vehicle.
• When the difference in speed between your vehicle and another vehicle
is changing
• When a vehicle enters a detection area traveling at about the same
speed as your vehicle
• As your vehicle starts from a stop, a vehicle remains in the detection area
• When driving up and down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips
in the road, etc.
• When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or uneven
surfaces
• When vehicle lanes are wide, or when driving on the edge of a lane, and
the vehicle in an adjacent lane is far away from your vehicle
• When a bicycle carrier or other accessory is installed to the rear of the
vehicle
• When there is a significant difference in height between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• Immediately after BSM system is set to on
274
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● Instances of the BSM function unnecessarily detecting a vehicle and/or
object may increase in the following situations:
• When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its
surrounding area
• When the distance between your vehicle and a guardrail, wall, etc., that
enters the detection area is short
• When driving up and down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips
in the road, etc.
• When vehicle lanes are narrow, or when driving on the edge of a lane,
and a vehicle traveling in a lane other than the adjacent lanes enters the
detection area
• When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or uneven
surfaces
• When the tires are slipping or spinning
• When the distance between your vehicle and a following vehicle is short
• When a bicycle carrier or other accessory is installed to the rear of the
vehicle
275
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The RCTA functions when your vehicle is in reverse. It can detect
other vehicles approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle. It
uses radar sensors to alert the driver of the other vehicle’s existence
through flashing the outside rear view mirror indicators and sounding
a buzzer.
RCTA function
Approaching vehicles Detection areas
WARNING
■ Cautions regarding the use of the function
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The RCTA function is only a supplementary function which alerts the driver
that a vehicle is approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle.
As the RCTA function may not function correctly under certain conditions,
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary. Over reliance on
this function may lead to an accident resulting death or serious injury.
276
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
To give the driver a more consistent time to react, the buzzer can alert
for faster vehicles from farther away.
Example:
■ The RCTA function is operational when
The RCTA function operates when all of the following conditions are met:
● The BSM system is set to on. (P. 267)
● The shift position is in R.
● Vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
● Approaching vehicle speed is between approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and
18 mph (28 km/h).
RCTA function detection areas
Approaching vehicle Speed
Approximate
alert distance
Fast 18 mph (28 km/h) 65 ft. (20 m)
Slow 5 mph (8 km/h) 18 ft. (5.5 m)
277
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Conditions under which the RCTA function will not detect a vehicle
The RCTA function is not designed to detect the following types of vehicles
and/or objects:
● Vehicles approaching from directly behind
● Vehicles backing up in a parking space next to your vehicle
● Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects
*
● Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.*
● Vehicles moving away from your vehicle
● Vehicles approaching from the parking spaces next to your vehicle
*
*
: Depending on the conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may
occur.
■ Conditions under which the RCTA function may not function correctly
● The RCTA function may not detect vehicles correctly in the following situa-
tions:
• When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its
surrounding area
• When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc., is covering the sensor or surround-
ing area on the rear bumper
• When driving on a road surface that is wet with standing water during bad
weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog
• When multiple vehicles are approaching with only a small gap between
each vehicle
• When a vehicle is approaching at high speed
● Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect
due to obstructions
278
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
• Immediately after the RCTA function is set to on
• Immediately after the engine is started with the RCTA function is set to on
• When backing up on a slope with a
sharp change in grade
• When backing out of a shallow angle
parking spot
• When the sensors cannot detect a
vehicle due to obstructions
279
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● Instances of the RCTA function unnecessarily detecting a vehicle and/or
object may increase in the following situations:
• When a vehicle passes by the side of your vehicle
• When the distance between your vehicle and metal objects, such as a
guardrail, wall, sign, or parked vehicle, which may reflect electrical waves
toward the rear of the vehicle, is short
• When the parking space faces a
street and vehicles are being driven
on the street
280
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Driving assist systems
◆ ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly,
or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface
◆ Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal
is depressed when the system detects a panic stop situation
◆ VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or
turning on slippery road surfaces
◆ Enhanced VSC (Enhanced Vehicle Stability Control)
Provides cooperative control of the ABS, TRAC, VSC and EPS.
Helps to maintain directional stability when swerving on slippery
road surfaces by controlling steering performance
◆ TRAC (Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from
spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads
◆ ACA (Active Cornering Assist)
Helps to prevent the vehicle from drifting to the outer side by per-
forming inner wheel brake control when attempting to accelerate
while turning.
To keep driving safety and performance, the following systems
operate automatically in response to various driving situations.
Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and
should not be relied upon too heavily when operating the vehi-
cle.
281
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
◆ Hill-start assist control
Helps to reduce the backward movement of the vehicle when start-
ing on an uphill
◆ EPS (Electric Power Steering)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to
turn the steering wheel.
The slip indicator light will flash
while the TRAC/VSC systems are
operating.
If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRAC system may
reduce power from the engine to the wheels. Pressing to turn
the system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in order
to free it.
To turn the TRAC system off,
quickly press and release .
A message will be shown on the
multi-information display.
Press again to turn the sys-
tem back on.
When the TRAC/VSC systems are operating
Disabling the TRAC system
282
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Turning off both TRAC and VSC systems
To turn the TRAC and VSC systems off, press and hold for more than 3
seconds while the vehicle is stopped.
The VSC off indicator light will come on and the message will be shown on
the multi-information display.
*
*
: On vehicles with pre-collision system, pre-collision brake assist and pre-
collision braking will also be disabled. The PCS warning light will come on
and the message will be shown on the multi-information display. (P. 237)
Press again to turn the systems back on.
■ When the message is displayed on the multi-information display show-
ing that TRAC has been disabled even if has not been pressed
TRAC cannot be operated. Contact your Toyota dealer.
■ Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, VSC, TRAC and
hill-start assist control systems
● A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the brake pedal
is depressed repeatedly, when the engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has
occurred in any of these systems.
● Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are
operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
• Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
• A motor sound may be heard also after the vehicle comes to a stop.
• The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
• The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
■ Sounds and vibrations caused by the ACA system
Operation sounds and vibrations from the brake system may occur when the
ACA system is operating. However, none of these indicates a malfunction.
■ EPS operation sound
When the steering wheel is operated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be
heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
283
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Automatic reactivation of TRAC and VSC systems
After turning the TRAC and VSC systems off, the systems will be automati-
cally re-enabled in the following situations:
● Vehicles without a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned to
the “LOCK” position
Vehicles with a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned off
● If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC will turn on when vehicle
speed increases
If both the TRAC and VSC systems are turned off, automatic re-enabling will
not occur when vehicle speed increases.
■ Operating conditions of ACA
The system operates when the following occurs:
● TRAC/VSC can operate
● The driver is attempting to accelerate while turning
● The system detects that the vehicle is drifting to the outer side
● The brake pedal is released
■ Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system
The effectiveness of the EPS system is reduced to prevent the system from
overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of
time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur, refrain
from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the engine off. The
EPS system should return to normal within 10 minutes.
■ Operating conditions of hill-start assist control
When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control will
operate:
● The shift lever is in a position other than P or N (when starting off forward/
backward on an upward incline).
● The vehicle is stopped.
● The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
● The parking brake is not engaged.
■ Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control
The hill-start assist control will turn off in any of the following situations:
● The shift lever is shifted to P or N.
● The accelerator pedal is depressed.
● The parking brake is engaged.
● 2 seconds at maximum elapsed after the brake pedal is released.
284
4-5. Using the driving support systems
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ The ABS does not operate effectively when
● The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as
excessively worn tires on a snow covered road).
● The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.
■ Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of nor-
mal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle’s stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the
following situations:
● When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
● When driving with tire chains
● When driving over bumps in the road
● When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces
■ TRAC/VSC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slip-
pery road surfaces, even if the TRAC/VSC system is operating.
Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be
lost.
■ ACA does not operate effectively when
● Do not overly rely on ACA. ACA may not operate effectively when acceler-
ating down slopes or driving on slippery road surfaces.
● When ACA frequently operates, ACA may temporarily stop operating to
ensure proper operation of the brakes, TRAC and VSC.
■ Hill- start assist control does not operate effectively when
● Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may
not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice.
● Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the
vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use
hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may
lead to an accident.
285
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When the TRAC/VSC is activated
The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may
cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes.
■ When the TRAC/VSC systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road condi-
tions. As these are the systems to help ensure vehicle stability and driving
force, do not turn the TRAC/VSC systems off unless necessary.
■ Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and
total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the
recommended tire inflation pressure level.
The ABS, TRAC and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires
are installed on the vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
■ Handling of tires and the suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction.
286
4-6. Driving tips
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Winter driving tips
● Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside tempera-
tures.
• Engine oil
• Engine coolant
• Washer fluid
● Have a service technician inspect the condition of the battery.
● Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire
chains for the front tires
*.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match
the size of the tires.
*: Tire chains cannot be mounted on 18-inch tires.
Perform the following according to the driving conditions:
● Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen.
Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away
the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
● To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in
front of the windshield.
● Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accu-
mulated on the exterior lights, vehicle’s roof, chassis, around the
tires or on the brakes.
● Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before
getting in the vehicle.
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before
driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a man-
ner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.
Preparation for winter
Before driving the vehicle
287
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road con-
ditions.
● Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to P without setting the
parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from
being released. If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking
brake, make sure to block the wheels.
Failure to do so may be dangerous because it may cause the vehi-
cle to move unexpectedly, possibly leading to an accident.
● If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, confirm
that the shift lever cannot be moved out of P
*.
*
: The shift lever will be locked if it is attempted to be shifted from P to any
other position without depressing the brake pedal. If the shift lever can be
shifted from P, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the
vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
17-inch tires
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the tire chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain:
0.12 in. (3 mm) in diameter
0.39 in. (10 mm) in width
1.18 in. (30 mm) in length
Cross chain:
0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter
0.55 in. (14 mm) in width
0.98 in. (25 mm) in length
18-inch tires
Tire chains cannot be mounted as the space between the tire and
body is too narrow.
Snow tires should be used instead.
When driving the vehicle
When parking the vehicle
Selecting tire chains
288
4-6. Driving tips
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on loca-
tion and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing
chains.
■ Tire chain installation
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains:
● Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
● Install tire chains on the front tires. Do not install tire chains on the rear tires.
● Install tire chains on front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains after
driving 1/4 1/2 mile (0.5 1.0 km).
● Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire chains.
Regulations on the use of tire chains
289
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
● Use tires of the size specified.
● Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
● Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of
snow tires being used.
● Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.
■ Driving with tire chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely,
and may cause death or serious injury.
● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being
used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
● Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
● Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting
operations that cause sudden engine braking.
● Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle con-
trol is maintained.
NOTICE
■ Repairing or replacing snow tires
Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or legiti-
mate tire retailers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the opera-
tion of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
■ Fitting tire chains
The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly
when tire chains are fitted
291
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
5-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Air conditioning system ..... 292
Seat heaters...................... 300
5-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ................ 302
• Interior lights ................. 303
• Personal lights .............. 304
5-3. Using the storage
features
List of storage features ..... 305
• Glove box...................... 306
• Console box.................. 306
• Bottle holders................ 307
• Cup holders .................. 308
Luggage compartment
features........................... 309
5-4. Using the other interior
features
Other interior features ....... 315
• Sun visors..................... 315
• Vanity mirrors................ 315
• Clock............................. 316
• Power outlet.................. 317
• Assist grips ................... 318
Safety Connect ................. 319
292
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Air conditioning system
■ Adjusting the temperature setting
Increases the temperature
Decreases the temperature
If the indicator is turned
off, the system will blow ambient
temperature air or heated air.
Air outlets are automatically selected and fan speed is automati-
cally adjusted according to the set temperature setting.
Air conditioning controls
293
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Fan speed setting
Increases the fan speed
Decreases the fan speed
Press to turn the fan off.
■
Change the airflow mode
To change the airflow mode,
move the airflow change knob
upward or downward.
The air outlets used are
changed each time the knob is
operated.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body
and feet.
Air flows to the feet.
Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger oper-
ates.
294
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Press .
The dehumidification function begins to operate. Air outlets and fan
speed are automatically adjusted according to the temperature set-
ting.
Adjust the temperature setting.
To stop the operation, press .
■ Automatic mode indicator
If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the auto-
matic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for func-
tions other than that operated is maintained.
■ Adjusting the temperature for driver and passenger seats sep-
arately
To turn on the dual control mode, perform any of the following pro-
cedures:
● Press .
● Adjust the passenger’s side temperature setting.
The indicator comes on when the dual control mode is on.
Using automatic mode
1
2
3
295
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recir-
culated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed.
■
Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win-
dows.
Press .
The dehumidification function operates and fan speed increases.
Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to the outside air mode if
the recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the front side windows early, turn the air
flow and temperature up.
To return to the previous mode, press again when the windshield
is defogged.
■
Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove rain-
drops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
Press .
The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time.
■
Windshield wiper de-icer (if equipped)
This feature is used to prevent ice from building up on the wind-
shield and wiper blades.
Press .
The windshield wiper de-icer will automatically turn off after a period of
time.
Other functions
296
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Climate control customization
Climate control setting can be changed.
Press .
The air conditioning is controlled with low fuel consumption prioritized
such as reducing fan speed, etc.
■
Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
change according to the
selected airflow mode.
(P. 293)
■ Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
Direct air flow to the left or
right, up or down.
Turn the knob to open or
close the vent.
Air outlets
297
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Using automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting and
the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow
immediately after is pressed.
■ Fogging up of the windows
● The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the
windshield effectively.
● If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.
● The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
■ Outside/recirculated air mode
● When driving on dusty roads, in tunnels, or in heavy traffic set the outside/
recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is effective in
preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. During cooling oper-
ation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the vehicle interior
effectively.
● Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the
temperature setting or the inside temperature.
■ Operation of the air conditioning system in Eco drive mode
● In Eco drive mode, the air conditioning system is controlled as follows to pri-
oritize fuel efficiency:
• Engine speed and compressor operation controlled to restrict heating/
cooling capacity
• Fan speed restricted when automatic mode is selected
● To improve air conditioning performance, perform the following operations:
• Adjust the fan speed
• Adjust the temperature setting
• Turn off Eco drive mode
● Even when the drive mode is set to Eco drive mode, the air conditioning eco
mode can be turned off by pressing .
298
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ When the outside temperature exceeds 75°F (24°C) and the air condition-
ing system is on
● In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air condition-
ing system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This may also
reduce fuel consumption.
● Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch
is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or
IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system).
● It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing .
■ When the outside temperature falls to nearly 32
F (0C)
The dehumidification function may not operate even when is pressed.
■ Ventilation and air conditioning odors
● To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode.
● During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into
and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to
be emitted from the vents.
● To reduce potential odors from occurring:
• It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
• The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time
immediately after the air conditioning system is started in automatic
mode.
■ Air conditioning filter
P. 382
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. air conditioning setting) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 486)
299
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ To prevent the windshield from fogging up
● Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, block-
ing your vision.
■ To prevent burns
● Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mir-
ror defoggers are on.
● Do not touch the glass at the lower part of the windshield or to the side of
the front pillars when the windshield wiper de-icer is on.
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
● Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers
from defogging.
300
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Seat heaters
: If equipped
Seat heaters heat the front seats.
WARNING
● Care should be taken to prevent injury if anyone in the following categories
comes in contact with the seats when the heater is on:
• Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically chal-
lenged
• Persons with sensitive skin
• Persons who are fatigued
• Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
● Observe the following precautions to prevent minor burns or overheating:
• Do not cover the seat with a blanket or cushion when using the seat
heater.
• Do not use seat heater more than necessary.
NOTICE
● Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do
not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
● To prevent battery discharge, do not use the functions when the engine is
not running.
301
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Each time the switch is pressed,
the operation condition changes
as follows.
Hi (3 segments lit) Mid (2 seg-
ments lit) Lo (1 segment lit)
Off
The level indicator (amber) light up
during operation.
■ Operation condition
Vehicles without a smart key system
The seat heaters can be used when the engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The seat heaters can be used when the engine switch is in IGNITION ON
mode.
Operating instructions
302
5-2. Using the interior lights
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Interior lights list
Vanity lights (if equipped) (P. 315)
Front interior light/front personal lights (P. 303, 304)
Rear interior light (P. 303)
Engine switch light (vehicles with a smart key system)
Glove box light (P. 306)
Cup holder illumination (if equipped)
Door trim lights (if equipped)
304
5-2. Using the interior lights
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Turns the lights on/off
When the lights are on due to the
door link switch, a light will not turn
off even if its switch is pressed.
■ Illuminated entry system
Vehicles without a smart key system
When the interior light switch is in the door position, the interior lights auto-
matically turn on/off according to the engine switch position, whether the
doors are locked/unlocked and whether the doors are open/closed.
Vehicles with a smart key system
When the interior light switch is in the door position, the interior lights and
engine switch light automatically turn on/off according to engine switch mode,
the presence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked
and whether the doors are open/closed.
■ Outer mirror illumination (if equipped)
The illumination automatically turns on according to the presence of the elec-
tronic key (vehicles with a smart key system), or the doors are unlocked.
■ To prevent battery discharge
The following lights will turn off automatically after 20 minutes:
● Front interior light/front personal lights
● Rear interior light
● Luggage compartment light
● Vanity lights (if equipped)
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 486)
Personal lights
305
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
List of storage features
Glove box (P. 3 0 6)
Bottle holders (P. 30 7 )
Cup holders (P. 308)
Console box (P. 306)
WARNING
● Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this
may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
• Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
• Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other
stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release
gas, causing a fire hazard.
● When driving or when the storage compartments are not in use, keep the
lids closed and trays clear.
In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerving, an accident may occur
due to an occupant being struck by an open lid or the items stored inside.
307
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● When storing a bottle, close the cap.
● The bottle may not be stored depending on its size or shape.
Bottle holders
Front Rear
WARNING
Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury.
NOTICE
Put the cap on before stowing a bottle. Do not place open bottles in the bot-
tle holders, or glass or paper cups containing liquid. The contents may spill
and glass cups may break.
308
5-3. Using the storage features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Cup holders
The rear cup holder can have the partition
turned over, removed, and the depth
changed.
WARNING
● Do not place anything other than cups or aluminum cans in the cup hold-
ers.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking, causing injury.
● Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns.
• Close the lid on drinks that are hot.
• Check that the item can be sustained by the internal support.
• Take care to not let the cup height exceed armrest height.
• Do not use the partition in the front cup holder as it is only for use with
the rear cup holder.
309
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Luggage compartment features
Cargo hooks are provided for
securing loose items.
Cargo hooks
WARNING
To avoid injury, always return the cargo hooks to their positions when they
are not in use.
Grocery bag hooks
NOTICE
Do not hang any object heavier than 4.4 lb. (2 kg) on the grocery bag hook.
311
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Hard type
Unhook the cords and return
the luggage cover to horizontal
position.
Type A
Pull it toward you and then lift
the luggage cover to remove
it.
Installation position
Confirm that the cover has
been securely installed to the
original position when install-
ing.
Removal position
Type B
Lift the luggage cover and
pull it toward you to remove
it.
Confirm that the cover has been
securely installed to the original
position when installing.
Luggage cover
1
2
2
314
5-3. Using the storage features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Make sure the luggage cover
is properly folded.
6
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Do not place anything on the luggage cover. In the event of sudden brak-
ing or turning, the item may go flying and strike an occupant.
● Do not allow children to climb on the luggage cover. Climbing on the lug-
gage cover could result in damage to the luggage cover.
● Soft type luggage cover only: Be sure to properly fold the luggage cover.
Other wise it could unexpectedly unfold.
● Soft type luggage cover only: Be sure to attach the cords correctly to pre-
vent the cover from flying off.
NOTICE
Soft type luggage cover only: Do not apply too much force when folding the
luggage cover. Doing so may damage the luggage cover.
315
5-4. Using the other interior features
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Other interior features
To set the visor in the forward
position, flip it down.
To set the visor in the side posi-
tion, flip down, unhook, and
swing it to the side.
Slide the cover to open.
The light turns on when the cover
is opened. (if equipped)
Sun visors
2
1
Vanity mirrors
316
5-4. Using the other interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The clock can be adjusted by pressing and holding the buttons.
Adjusts the hours
Adjusts the minutes
● Vehicles without a smart key system:
The clock is displayed when the engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-
tion.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The clock is displayed when the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or
IGNITION ON mode.
● When the battery terminals are disconnected and reconnected, the clock
will automatically be set to 1:00.
Clock
317
5-4. Using the other interior features
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Please use as a power supply for electronic goods that use less than
12 VDC/10 A (power consumption of 120 W).
Lift the lid while pulling up the
knob and open the console box.
Open the cover.
Vehicles without a smart key system:
The power outlet can be used when the engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON”
position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The power outlet can be used when the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or
IGNITION ON mode.
Power outlet
1
2
NOTICE
● To avoid damaging the power outlet, close the power outlet cover when
the power outlet is not in use. Foreign objects or liquids that enter the
power outlet may cause a short circuit.
● To prevent battery discharge, do not use the power outlet longer than nec-
essary when the engine is off.
318
5-4. Using the other interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
An assist grip installed on the ceil-
ing can be used to support your
body while sitting on the seat.
Assist grips
WARNING
Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from
your seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the assist grip, do not hang any heavy object or put a
heavy load on the assist grip.
319
5-4. Using the other interior features
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Safety Connect
■ System components
“SOS” button
LED light indicators
Microphone
: If equipped
Safety Connect is a subscription-based telematics service that
uses Global Positioning System (GPS) data and embedded cel-
lular technology to provide safety and security features to sub-
scribers. Safety Connect is supported by Toyota’s designated
response center, which operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per
week.
Safety Connect service is available by subscription on select,
telematics hardware-equipped vehicles.
By using the Safety Connect service, you are agreeing to be
bound by the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and
its Terms and Conditions, as in effect and amended from time to
time, a current copy of which is available at in the United States,
Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada. All use of
the Safety Connect service is subject to such then-applicable
Terms and Conditions.
320
5-4. Using the other interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Services
Subscribers have the following Safety Connect services available:
● Automatic Collision Notification
*
Helps drivers receive necessary response from emergency ser-
vice providers. (P. 3 22 )
*: U.S. Patent No. 7,508,298 B2
● Stolen Vehicle Location
Helps drivers in the event of vehicle theft. (P. 323)
● Emergency Assistance Button (SOS)
Connects drivers to response-center support. (P. 3 23 )
● Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Provides drivers various on-road assistance. (P. 323)
■ Subscription
After you have signed the Telematics Subscription Service Agree-
ment and are enrolled, you can begin receiving services.
A variety of subscription terms are available for purchase. Contact
your Toyota dealer, call following appropriate Safety Connect
response center or push the “SOS” button in your vehicle for further
subscription details.
• The United States
1-855-405-6500
• Canada
1-888-869-6828
• Puerto Rico
1-877-855-8377
321
5-4. Using the other interior features
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Safety Connect Services Information
● Phone calls using the vehicle’s Bluetooth
®
technology will not be possible
during Safety Connect.
● Safety Connect is available beginning Fall 2009 on select Toyota models (in
the contiguous United States only). Contact with the Safety Connect
response center is dependent upon the telematics device being in operative
condition, cellular connection availability, and GPS satellite signal reception,
which can limit the ability to reach the response center or receive emer-
gency service support. Enrollment and Telematics Subscription Service
Agreement are required. A variety of subscription terms are available;
charges vary by subscription term selected and location.
● Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance and Stolen Vehicle
Location are available in the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska,
Puerto Rico and Canada, and Enhanced Roadside Assistance are available
in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada.
● Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, Stolen Vehicle and
Enhanced Road Assistance are not available in the U.S. Virgin Islands.
For vehicles first sold in the U.S. Virgin Islands, no Safety Connect services
will function in or outside the U.S. Virgin Islands.
● Safety Connect services are not subject to section 255 of the Telecommuni-
cations Act and the device is not TTY compatible.
■ Languages
The Safety Connect response center will offer support in multiple languages.
The Safety Connect system will offer voice prompts in English, Spanish, and
French. Please indicate your language of choice when enrolling.
■ When contacting the response center
You may be unable to contact the response center if the network is busy.
322
5-4. Using the other interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
When the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles with-
out smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart
key system), the red indicator light comes on for 2 seconds then turns
off. Afterward, the green indicator light comes on, indicating that the
service is active.
The following indicator light patterns indicate specific system usage
conditions:
● Green indicator light on = Active service
● Green indicator light flashing = Safety Connect call in process
● Red indicator light (except at vehicle start-up) = System malfunction
(contact your Toyota dealer)
● No indicator light (off) = Safety Connect service not active
■ Automatic Collision Notification
In case of either airbag deployment or severe rear-end collision, the
system is designed to automatically call the response center. The
responding agent receives the vehicle’s location and attempts to
speak with the vehicle occupants to assess the level of emergency.
If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automati-
cally treats the call as an emergency, contacts the nearest emer-
gency services provider to describe the situation, and requests that
assistance be sent to the location.
Safety Connect LED light Indicators
Safety Connect services
323
5-4. Using the other interior features
5
Interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Stolen Vehicle Location
If your vehicle is stolen, Safety Connect can work with local author-
ities to assist them in locating and recovering the vehicle. After filing
a police report, call the Safety Connect response center at 1-855-
405-6500 in the Unites States, 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico or 1-
888-869-6828 in Canada, and follow the prompts for Safety Con-
nect to initiate this service.
In addition to assisting law enforcement with recovery of a stolen
vehicle, Safety-Connect-equipped vehicle location data may, under
certain circumstances, be shared with third parties to locate your
vehicle. Further information is available at Toyota.com in the United
States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.
■ Emergency Assistance Button (“SOS”)
In the event of an emergency on the road, push the “SOS” button to
reach the Safety Connect response center. The answering agent
will determine your vehicle’s location, assess the emergency, and
dispatch the necessary assistance required.
If you accidentally press the “SOS” button, tell the response-center
agent that you are not experiencing an emergency.
■
Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Enhanced Roadside Assistance adds GPS data to the already
included warranty-based Toyota roadside service.
Subscribers can press the “SOS” button to reach a Safety Connect
response-center agent, who can help with a wide range of needs,
such as: towing, flat tire, fuel delivery, etc. For a description of the
Enhanced Roadside Assistance services and their limitations,
please see the Safety Connect Terms and Conditions, which are
available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toyotapr.com in
Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.
324
5-4. Using the other interior features
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Important! Read this information before using Safety Connect.
■ Exposure to radio frequency signals
The Safety Connect system installed in your vehicle is a low-power
radio transmitter and receiver. It receives and also sends out radio
frequency (RF) signals.
In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for mobile wire-
less phones. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety stan-
dards previously set by the following U.S. and international
standards bodies.
● ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C95.1 [1992]
● NCRP (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measure-
ment) Report 86 [1986]
● ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation
Protection) [1996]
Those standards were based on comprehensive and periodic eval-
uations of the relevant scientific literature. Over 120 scientists, engi-
neers, and physicians from universities, and government health
agencies and industries reviewed the available body of research to
develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1).
The design of Safety Connect complies with the FCC guidelines in
addition to those standards.
Safety information for Safety Connect
327
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
6-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior.......... 328
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior........... 333
6-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements................... 336
General maintenance........ 339
Emission inspection and
maintenance (I/M)
programs......................... 343
6-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ..................... 344
Hood ................................. 347
Positioning a floor jack ...... 349
Engine compartment......... 350
Tires .................................. 365
Tire inflation pressure ....... 375
Wheels .............................. 379
Air conditioning filter.......... 382
Wireless remote
control/electronic key
battery............................. 386
Checking and replacing
fuses ............................... 390
Light bulbs......................... 394
328
6-1. Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior
● Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt
and dust.
● Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
● For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly
with water.
● Wipe away any water.
● Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
■ Self-restoring coat (if equipped)
The vehicle body has a self-restoring coating that is resistant to small surface
scratches caused in a car wash, etc.
● The coating lasts for 5 to 8 years from when the vehicle is delivered from the
plant.
● The restoration time differs depending on the depth of the scratch and out-
side temperature.
The restoration time may become shorter when the coating is warmed by
applying warm water.
● Deep scratches caused by keys, coins, etc., cannot be restored.
● Do not use wax that contain abrasives.
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in
prime condition:
329
6-1. Maintenance and care
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Automatic car washes
● Fold the mirrors before washing the vehicle. Start washing from the front of
the vehicle. Make sure to extend the mirrors before driving.
● Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface and
harm your vehicle's paint.
● Rear spoiler may not be washable in some automatic car washes. There
may also be an increased risk of damage to vehicle.
■ High pressure car washes
● Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity of
the windows.
● Before using the car wash, check that the fuel filler door on your vehicle is
closed properly.
■ Note for a smart key system (if equipped)
If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective
range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the fol-
lowing correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
● Place the key in a position 6 ft. (2 m) or more separate from the vehicle
while the vehicle is being washed. (Take care to ensure that the key is not
stolen.)
● Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key sys-
tem. (P. 127)
■ Aluminum wheels (if equipped)
● Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent.
● Wash detergent off with water immediately after use.
● To protect the paint from damage, make sure to observe the following pre-
cautions.
• Do not use acidic, alkaline or abrasive detergent
• Do not use hard brushes
• Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, such as after driv-
ing or parking in hot weather
■ Bumpers and side moldings
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
330
6-1. Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When washing the vehicle
Do not apply water to the inside of the engine compartment. Doing so may
cause the electrical components, etc., to catch fire.
■ When cleaning the windshield (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield
wiper)
● When the upper part of the windshield where the raindrop sensor is
located is touched by hand
● When a wet rag or similar is held close to the raindrop sensor
● If something bumps against the windshield
● If you directly touch the raindrop sensor body or if something bumps into
the raindrop sensor
■ Precautions regarding the exhaust pipe
Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot.
When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the exhaust pipe until it
has cooled sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.
■ Precaution regarding the rear bumper with Blind Spot Monitor (if
equipped)
If the paint of the rear bumper is chipped or scratched, the system may mal-
function.
If this occurs, consult your Toyota dealer.
Set the wiper switch to off.
If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wip-
ers may operate unexpectedly in the fol-
lowing situations, and may result in
hands being caught or other serious inju-
ries and cause damage to the wiper
blades.
Off
331
6-1. Maintenance and care
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
NOTICE
■ To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and compo-
nents (aluminum wheels, etc.)
● Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
• After driving near the sea coast
• After driving on salted roads
• If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface
• If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the
paint surface
• After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud
• If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
● If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
● To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place
with low humidity when storing the wheels.
■ Cleaning the exterior lights
● Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
● Do not apply wax to the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
■ To prevent damage to the windshield wiper arms
When lifting the wiper arms away from the windshield, pull the driver side
wiper arm upward first, and then the passenger side. When returning the
wipers to their original position, do so from the passenger side first.
332
6-1. Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
NOTICE
■ When using a high pressure car wash
● When washing the vehicle, do not let water of the high pressure washer hit
directly or the vicinity of the camera. Due to the shock from the high pres-
sure water, it is possible the device may not operate as normal.
● Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or resin manufactured
cover), connectors or the following parts. The parts may be damaged if
they come into contact with high-pressure water.
• Traction related parts
• Steering parts
• Suspension parts
• Brake parts
● Keep the cleaning nozzle at least 11.9 in. (30 cm) away from the vehicle
body. Otherwise resin section, such as molding and bumpers, may be
deformed and damaged.
Also, do not continuously hold the nozzle in the same place.
■ When raising the windshield wiper arms
Make sure to hold the hook parts of the
wiper arms to raise them.
Do not hold only the wiper blades when
raising them, or it may cause deformation
of the wiper blades.
Hook parts
333
6-1. Maintenance and care
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces
with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
● If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with
neutral detergent diluted to approximately 1%.
Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
● Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.
● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
all remaining traces of detergent.
● Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining
moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
● Wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral detergent diluted
to approximately 1%.
● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle’s interior
and keep it in top condition:
Protecting the vehicle interior
Cleaning the leather areas
Cleaning the synthetic leather areas
334
6-1. Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to
maintain the quality of the vehicle’s interior.
■ Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a sponge
or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use water.
Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keep-
ing the carpet as dry as possible.
■ Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
WARNING
■ Water in the vehicle
● Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle.
Doing so may cause electrical components, etc., to malfunction or catch
fire.
● Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(P. 34)
An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel)
Do not use a polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect
off the windshield, obstructing the driver’s view and leading to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
335
6-1. Maintenance and care
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
NOTICE
■ Cleaning detergents
● Do not use the following types of detergent, as they may discolor the vehi-
cle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces:
• Non-seat portions: Organic substances such as benzene or gasoline,
alkaline or acidic solutions, dye, and bleach
• Seats: Alkaline or acidic solutions, such as thinner, benzene, and alco-
hol
● Do not use a polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel’s or other
interior part’s painted surface may be damaged.
■ Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces:
● Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately.
● Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
● Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the uphol-
stery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
■ Water on the floor
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or
under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.
■ When cleaning the inside of the windshield
Do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
(P. 219)
■ Cleaning the inside of the rear window
● Do not use a glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause
damage to the rear window defogger heater wires. Use a cloth dampened
with lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the window in
strokes running parallel to the heater wires.
● Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires.
336
6-2. Maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Maintenance requirements
General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis. This can
be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals
according to the maintenance schedule.
For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the “Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
You can perform some maintenance procedures by yourself.
Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty
coverage.
The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended.
For details about warranty coverage, refer to the separate “Owner’s War-
ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and reg-
ular maintenance are essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to
perform regular checks. Toyota recommends the following main-
tenance:
General maintenance
Scheduled maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance
337
6-2. Maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Repair and replacement
It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repairs to ensure
performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or if
a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the war-
ranty coverage.
■ Resetting the message indicating maintenance is required (U.S.A. only)
After the required maintenance is performed according to the maintenance
schedule, please reset the message.
To reset the message, follow the procedure described below:
Switch the display to the trip meter “A” when the engine is running. (P. 89)
Turn the engine switch off.
Vehicles without a smart key system:
While pressing the “TRIP” switch (P. 89), turn the engine switch to the
“ON” position (do not start the engine because the reset mode will be can-
celed). Continue to press and hold the switch until the trip meter displays
“00000”.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
While pressing the “TRIP” switch (P. 89), turn the engine switch to the
IGNITION ON mode (do not start the engine because the reset mode will
be canceled). Continue to press and hold the switch until the trip meter dis-
plays “00000”.
■ Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer
● Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with
the latest service information. They are well informed about the operations
of all systems on your vehicle.
● Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has
been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise
while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take
care of it.
1
2
3
338
6-2. Maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ If your vehicle is not properly maintained
Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and
possible death or serious injury.
■ Handling of the battery
● Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of automobile
components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a
well ventilated area.
● Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by
component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Califor-
nia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid
exposure and wash any affected area immediately.
● Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands
after handling. (P. 358)
339
6-2. Maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
General maintenance
Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be
performed at the intervals specified in the “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement/Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide”. It is recommended that any problem
you notice should be brought to the attention of your Toyota
dealer or qualified service shop for advice.
Engine compartment
Items Check points
Battery Check the connections. (P. 358)
Brake fluid Is the brake fluid at the correct level? (P. 356)
Engine coolant
Is the engine coolant at the correct level?
(P. 354)
Engine oil Is the engine oil at the correct level? (P. 351)
Exhaust system There should not be any fumes or strange sounds.
Radiator/condenser
The radiator and condenser should be free of for-
eign objects. (P. 355)
Washer fluid Is there sufficient washer fluid? (P. 362)
340
6-2. Maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Vehicle interior
Items Check points
Accelerator pedal
• The accelerator pedal should move smoothly
(without uneven pedal effort or catching).
Continuously variable
transmission “Park”
mechanism
• When parked on a slope and the shift lever is
in P, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Brake pedal
• Does the brake pedal move smoothly?
• Does the brake pedal have appropriate clear-
ance from the floor? (P. 467)
• Does the brake pedal have the correct
amount of free play? (P. 467)
Brakes
• The vehicle should not pull to one side when
the brakes are applied.
• The brakes should work effectively.
• The brake pedal should not feel spongy.
• The brake pedal should not get too close to
the floor when the brakes are applied.
341
6-2. Maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Head restraints
• Do the head restraints move smoothly and
lock securely?
Indicators/buzzers
• Do the indicators and buzzers function prop-
erly?
Lights • Do all of the lights come on?
Parking brake
• Does the parking brake switch operate nor-
mally?
• When parked on a slope and the parking
brake is on, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Seat belts
• Do the seat belts operate smoothly?
• The seat belts should not be damaged.
Seats • Do the seat controls operate properly?
Steering wheel
• Does the steering wheel rotate smoothly?
• Does the steering wheel have the correct
amount of free play?
• There should not be any strange sounds com-
ing from the steering wheel.
Items Check points
342
6-2. Maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Vehicle exterior
Items Check points
Doors • Do the doors operate smoothly?
Engine hood
• Does the engine hood lock system work prop-
erly?
Fluid leaks
• There should not be any signs of fluid leakage
after the vehicle has been parked.
Tires
• Is the tire inflation pressure correct?
• The tires should not be damaged or exces-
sively worn.
• Have the tires been rotated according to the
maintenance schedule?
• The wheel nuts should not be loose.
Windshield wipers/rear
window wiper
• The wiper blades should not show any signs
of cracking, splitting, wear, contamination or
deformation.
• The wiper blades should clear the windshield/
rear window without streaking or skipping.
WARNING
■ If the engine is running
Turn the engine off and ensure that there is adequate ventilation before per-
forming maintenance checks.
343
6-2. Maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M)
programs
The OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere in the
emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and
may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the
vehicle.
● When the battery is disconnected or discharged
Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are erased.
Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes may
not be completely set.
● When the fuel tank cap is loose
The malfunction indicator lamp illuminates, indicating a temporary
malfunction, and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
An OBD system error code will not be cleared unless the vehicle is
driven 40 or more times.
Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-testing.
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which
include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system
monitors the operation of the emission control system.
If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test in the following situations:
When the malfunction indicator lamp remains on after several
driving trips
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
344
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the
correct procedure as given in these sections.
Items Parts and tools
Battery condition
(P. 3 58 )
• Warm water • Baking soda • Grease
• Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)
Brake fluid level
(P. 3 56 )
• FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703; FMVSS
No.116 DOT 4 or SAE J1704 brake fluid
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding brake fluid)
Engine coolant
level (P. 354)
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high
quality ethylene glycol-based non-silicate, non-
amine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with long-
life hybrid organic acid technology
For the U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
50% coolant and 50% deionized water.
For Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
55% coolant and 45% deionized water.
• Funnel (used only for adding engine coolant)
Engine oil level
(P. 3 51 )
• “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding engine oil)
Fuses (P. 390) • Fuse with same amperage rating as original
345
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Light bulbs
(P. 3 94 )
• Bulb with same number and wattage rating as origi-
nal
• Phillips-head screwdriver
• Flathead screwdriver • Wrench
Radiator and con-
denser (
P. 355)
Tire inflation
pressure
(P. 375)
• Tire pressure gauge
• Compressed air source
Washer fluid
(P. 3 62 )
• Water or washer fluid containing antifreeze (for win-
ter use)
• Funnel (used only for adding water or washer fluid)
WARNING
The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may
move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death
or serious injury, observe the following precautions.
■ When working on the engine compartment
● Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fan and engine
drive belt.
● Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc., right
after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot.
● Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the
engine compartment.
● Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the bat-
tery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable.
● Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
Items Parts and tools
346
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When working near the electric cooling fan or radiator grille
Vehicles without a smart key system: Be sure the engine switch is off. With
the engine switch in the “ON” position, the electric cooling fan may automat-
ically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature
is high. (P. 355)
Vehicles with a smart key system: Be sure the engine switch is off. With the
engine switch in IGNITION ON mode, the electric cooling fan may automat-
ically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature
is high. (P. 355)
■ Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc.,
from getting in your eyes.
NOTICE
■ If you remove the air cleaner filter
Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive engine wear
due to dirt in the air.
347
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Hood
Pull the hood lock release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
Move the auxiliary catch lever
to side direction and lift the
hood.
Hold the hood open by inserting
the support rod into the slot.
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
1
2
3
348
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
■ After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely preventing it from falling
down onto your head or body.
NOTICE
■ When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing
the hood without returning the support rod properly could cause the hood to
bend.
349
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Positioning a floor jack
◆ Front
◆ Rear
When using a floor jack, follow the instructions in the manual
provided with the jack and perform the operation safely.
When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack cor-
rectly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause
injury.
350
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Engine compartment
Washer fluid tank (P. 362)
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 354)
Fuse boxes (P. 390)
Engine oil filler cap
(P. 352)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 351)
Battery (P. 358)
Brake fluid reservoir
(P. 356)
Electric cooling fan
Condenser (P. 355)
Radiator (P. 355)
351
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil
level on the dipstick.
■ Checking the engine oil
Park the vehicle on level ground. After warming up the engine
and turning it off, wait more than 5 minutes for the oil to drain
back into the bottom of the engine.
Holding a rag under the end,
pull the dipstick out.
Wipe the dipstick clean.
Reinsert the dipstick fully
with its protruding area ( in
the illustration) pointing
towards the engine.
Holding a rag under the end,
pull the dipstick out and
check the oil level.
Low
Normal
Excessive
The shape of the dipstick may
differ depending on the type
of vehicle or engine.
Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.
Engine oil
1
2
3
4
5
6
352
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Adding engine oil
If the oil level is below or near
the low level mark, add engine
oil of the same type as that
already in the engine.
Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed
before adding oil.
Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise.
Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick.
Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise.
■ Engine oil consumption
A certain amount of engine oil will be consumed while driving. In the following
situations, oil consumption may increase, and engine oil may need to be
refilled in between oil maintenance intervals.
● When the engine is new, for example directly after purchasing the vehicle or
after replacing the engine
● If low quality oil or oil of an inappropriate viscosity is used
● When driving at high engine speeds or with a heavy load, or when driving
while accelerating or decelerating frequently
● When leaving the engine idling for a long time, or when driving frequently
through heavy traffic
Engine oil selection P. 465
Oil quantity
(Low Full)
1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp.qt.)
Items Clean funnel
1
2
3
353
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Used engine oil
● Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation and skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used
engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
● Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do
not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the
ground.
Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
● Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
NOTICE
■ To prevent serious engine damage
Check the oil level on a regular basis.
■ When replacing the engine oil
● Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components.
● Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.
● Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle.
● Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.
354
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW”
lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.
Reservoir cap
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to the
“FULL” line.
■ Coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
For the U.S.A.: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% cool-
ant and 50% deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -31F
[-35C])
For Canada: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 55% cool-
ant and 45% deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -44F
[-42C])
For more details about engine coolant, contact your Toyota dealer.
■ If the coolant level drops within a short time of replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant reservoir caps, drain cock
and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for
leaks in the cooling system.
Engine coolant
355
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Check the radiator and condenser and clear away any foreign objects.
If either of the above parts is extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
WARNING
■ When the engine is hot
Do not remove the engine coolant reservoir cap.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE
■ When adding coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of
water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion
protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
■ If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint.
Radiator and condenser
WARNING
■ When the engine is hot
Do not touch the radiator or condenser as they may be hot and cause seri-
ous injuries, such as burns.
356
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Checking fluid level
The brake fluid level should be
between the “MAX” and “MIN”
lines on the tank.
■ Adding fluid
Slide and lift up the rubber
strip to partly remove it as
shown.
Disconnect the claws and
remove the service cover.
Remove the reservoir cap.
Brake fluid
1
2
3
357
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Add brake fluid slowly while checking the fluid level.
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary
item.
■ Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air
Excess moisture in the brake fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking effi-
ciency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.
4
Fluid type
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703;
FMVSS No.116 DOT 4 or SAE J1704 brake fluid
Item Clean funnel
WARNING
■ When filling the reservoir
Take care as brake fluid can harm your hands and eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean
water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
NOTICE
■ If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear out or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
However, if the reservoir needs frequent refilling, there may be a serious
problem. Have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer as soon as pos-
sible.
358
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Check the battery as follows.
■ Battery exterior
Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that
there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clamp
■ Checking battery fluid
If there are lines on the side of the battery:
Check that the level is between the upper and lower lines.
Upper line
Lower line
If the fluid level is at or below the
lower line, add distilled water.
Battery
359
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
If there are not lines on the side of the battery:
Check the fluid level as follows.
Remove the vent plug.
Check the fluid level by look-
ing directly at the cell.
If the fluid level is low, add dis-
tilled water.
Put the vent plug back on and close it securely.
■ Adding distilled water
Remove the vent plug.
Add distilled water.
Put the vent plug back on and close it securely.
1
Low
O.K.
2
3
1
2
3
360
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Before recharging
When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable and
explosive. Therefore, observe the following before recharging:
● If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
● Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and dis-
connecting the charger cables to the battery.
■ After recharging/reconnecting the battery (vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem)
● The engine may not start. Follow the procedure below to initialize the sys-
tem.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Open and close any of the doors.
Restart the engine.
● Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be possible imme-
diately after reconnecting the battery. If this happens, use the wireless
remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the doors.
● Start the engine with the engine switch in ACCESSORY mode. The engine
may not start with the engine switch turned off. However, the engine will
operate normally from the second attempt.
● The engine switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the battery is recon-
nected, the vehicle will return the engine switch mode to the status it was in
before the battery was disconnected. Make sure to turn off the engine
before disconnecting the battery. Take extra care when connecting the bat-
tery if the engine switch mode prior to discharge is unknown.
If the system will not start even after multiple attempts at all methods above,
contact your Toyota dealer.
1
2
3
361
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Chemicals in the battery
Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce
hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death
or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near the
battery:
● Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools.
● Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.
● Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
● Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
● Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.
● Keep children away from the battery.
■ Where to safely charge the battery
Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a
garage or closed room where there is insufficient ventilation.
■ Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
● If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
● If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical
attention immediately.
● If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the cloth-
ing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
● If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention
immediately.
■ When there is insufficient battery fluid
Do not use if there is insufficient fluid in the battery. There is a possible dan-
ger that the battery may explode.
362
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Add washer fluid in the following situations:
● A washer does not work.
● The warning message appears
on the multi-information display
(if equipped).
NOTICE
■ When recharging the battery
Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
■ When adding distilled water
Avoid overfilling. Water spilled during battery recharging may cause corro-
sion.
Washer fluid
363
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● The washer fluid level is extremely low (type A) or at “LOW” (type
B).
Type A
Raise the cap keeping your finger
pressed down on the hole in the
center and check the fluid level in
the tube.
Type B
■ Using the gauge (type B)
The washer fluid level can be checked by
observing the position of the level on the
liquid-covered holes in the gauge.
If the level falls below the second hole
from the bottom (the “LOW” position), refill
the washer fluid.
Current
fluid
level
364
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When adding washer fluid
Do not add washer fluid when the engine is hot or running as washer fluid
contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine, etc.
NOTICE
■ Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces, as well as
damaging the pump leading to problems of the washer fluid not spraying.
■ Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bot-
tle.
365
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Tires
Check if the treadwear indicators are showing on the tires. Also check
the tires for uneven wear, such as excessive wear on one side of the
tread.
Check the spare tire condition and pressure if not rotated.
New tread
Worn tread
Treadwear indicator
The location of treadwear indicators is shown by a “TWI” or “” mark,
etc., molded into the sidewall of each tire.
Replace the tires if the treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.
To equalize tire wear and extend
tire life, Toyota recommends that
tire rotation is carried out at the
same interval as tire inspection.
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance sched-
ules and treadwear.
Checking tires
Tire rotation
Front
366
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses
tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire infla-
tion pressure before serious problems arise.
If the tire pressure drops below a predetermined level, the driver is
warned by a warning light. (P. 423)
◆ Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are
installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure
warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be
initialized. Have tire pressure warning valves and transmitter ID
codes registered by your Toyota dealer. (P. 368)
◆ Initializing the tire pressure warning system
When the tire size is changed, the tire pressure warning system
must be initialized.
When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current tire
inflation pressure is set as the benchmark pressure.
Tire pressure warning system
367
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
How to initialize the tire pressure warning system
Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or off
(vehicles with a smart key system).
Initialization cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation
pressure level. (P. 468)
Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire infla-
tion pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will operate
based on this pressure level.
Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehicles without a
smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart
key system).
Press “” or “” of the meter control switch to select .
(P. 92)
Press “” or “” of the meter control switch to select the “Vehicle
Settings” and then press to display the menu.
Press “” or “” of the meter
control switch to select
and then press
and hold .
When initialization completes, a message is displayed on the
multi-information display and the tire pressure warning light will
blink 3 times.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
368
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
◆ Registering ID codes
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code. Have the ID code
registered by your Toyota dealer.
■ When to replace your vehicle’s tires
Tires should be replaced if:
● The treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
● You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric, and bulges indicating internal damage
● A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size
or location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
■ Replacing tires and wheels
If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not reg-
istered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After driv-
ing for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1
minute and stays on to indicate a system malfunction.
■ Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even
if it has seldom or never been use, or damage is not obvious.
■ Routine tire inflation pressure checks
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation
pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of
your routine of daily vehicle checks.
369
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Maximum load of tire
Check that the maximum load of the replacement tire is greater than 1/2
of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR) of either the front axle or the
rear axle, whichever is greater.
■ Tire types
● Summer tires
Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway
driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered
roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When install-
ing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
● All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to
be adequate for driving in most winter conditions as well as for use
year-round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction
performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all
season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance com-
pared with summer tires in highway driving.
● Snow tires
For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using
snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, con-
struction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your
vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without
first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires
should be installed on all wheels. (P. 286)
■ If the tread on snow tires wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm)
The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.
For the GAWR, see the Certification
Label. For the maximum load of the tire,
see the load limit at maximum cold tire
inflation pressure mentioned on the
sidewall of the tire. (P. 4 7 3 )
370
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may not oper-
ate properly
● In the following cases, the tire pressure warning system may not operate
properly.
• If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used.
• A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not an OE (Original Equip-
ment) tire.
• A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not of the specified size.
• Tire chains, etc., are equipped.
• An auxiliary-supported run-flat tire is equipped.
• If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
• If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, particularly around the
wheels or wheel housings.
• If the tire inflation pressure is extremely higher than the specified
level.
• If wheels without the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
are used.
• If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is
not registered in the tire pressure warning computer.
● Performance may be affected in the following situations.
• Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large
display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or
electrical noise.
• When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or
other wireless communication device.
● When the vehicle is parked, the time taken for the warning to start or go
off could be extended.
● When tire inflation pressure declines rapidly for example when a tire has
burst, the warning may not function.
371
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
The initialization operation
● Make sure to carry out initialization after adjusting the tire inflation pres-
sure.
Also, make sure the tires are cold before carrying out initialization or tire
inflation pressure adjustment.
● If you have accidentally turned the engine switch off during initialization,
it is not necessary to press the reset switch again as initialization will
restart automatically when the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehi-
cles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a
smart key system) for the next time.
● If you accidentally press the reset switch when initialization is not neces-
sary, adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level when the
tires are cold, and conduct initialization again.
■ Warning performance of the tire pressure warning system
The warning of the tire pressure warning system will change in accor-
dance with driving conditions. For this reason, the system may give a
warning even if the tire pressure does not reach a low enough level, or if
the pressure is higher than the pressure that was adjusted to when the
system was initialized.
■ When initialization of the tire pressure warning system has failed
Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the following
cases, the settings have not been recorded and the system will not oper-
ate properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pressure settings
are unsuccessful, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● When operating the initialization of the system, the tire pressure warning
light does not blink 3 times and the setting message does not appear on
the multi-information display.
● After driving for a certain period of time since the initialization has been
completed, the warning light comes on after blinking for 1 minute.
373
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When inspecting or replacing tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drive train as well as
dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.
Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear.
● Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
● Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply
tires).
● Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
● Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle.
Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previously.
● Do not tow if your vehicle has a compact spare tire installed.
■ When initializing the tire pressure warning system
Do not initialize tire pressure warning system without first adjusting the
tire inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the tire pressure
warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation pressure is low,
or it may come on when the tire inflation pressure is actually normal.
374
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
NOTICE
■ Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valves,
transmitters and tire valve caps
● When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pres-
sure warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled
correctly.
● Make sure to install the tire valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not
installed, water could enter the tire pressure warning valves and the
tire pressure warning valves could be bound.
● When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than
those specified. The cap may become stuck.
■ To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (P. 3 6 6)
■ Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or pot-
holes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing
the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads
may cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle’s
wheels and body.
■ If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.
376
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Tire valve
Tire pressure gauge
Remove the tire valve cap.
Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve.
Read the pressure using the gauge gradations.
If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended level, adjust
the pressure.
If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to deflate.
After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement and
adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check for leakage.
Put the tire valve cap back on.
Inspection and adjustment procedure
1
2
3
4
5
6
377
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Tire inflation pressure check interval
You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least once
a month.
Do not forget to check the spare.
■ Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
● Reduced fuel economy
● Reduced driving comfort and poor handling
● Reduced tire life due to wear
● Reduced safety
● Damage to the drivetrain
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
■ Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
● Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been
driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold tire
inflation pressure reading.
● Always use a tire pressure gauge.
It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly inflated based only on its appear-
ance.
● It is normal for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving as
heat is generated in the tire. Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after
driving.
● Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle is
balanced.
378
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated.
If the tires are not properly inflated, the following conditions may occur
which could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
● Excessive wear
● Uneven wear
● Poor handling
● Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
● Air leaking from between tire and wheel
● Wheel deformation and/or tire damage
● Greater possibility of tire damage while driving (due to road hazards,
expansion joints, sharp edges in the road, etc.)
NOTICE
■ When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure
Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on.
If a valve cap is not installed, dirt or moisture may get into the valve and
cause an air leak, resulting in decreased tire inflation pressure.
379
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Wheels
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are
equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter, rim width and
inset
*.
Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.
*: Conventionally referred to as “offset”.
Toyota does not recommend using the following:
● Wheels of different sizes or types
● Used wheels
● Bent wheels that have been straightened
● Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use with
your aluminum wheels.
● When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).
● Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a plas-
tic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.
■ When replacing wheels
The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to
provide advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure.
Whenever wheels are replaced, tire pressure warning valves and trans-
mitters must be installed. (P. 366)
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or
cause a loss of handling control.
Wheel selection
Aluminum wheel precautions (if equipped)
380
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When replacing wheels
● Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in
the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control.
● Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a
tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or seri-
ous injury.
■ When installing the wheel nuts
● Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or
grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
■ Use of defective wheels prohibited
Do not use cracked or deformed wheels.
Doing so could cause the tire to leak air during driving, possibly causing
an accident.
● Be sure to install the wheel nuts with
the tapered ends facing inward.
Installing the nuts with the tapered
ends facing outward can cause the
wheel to break and eventually cause
the wheel to come off while driving,
which could lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
Tapered
portion
381
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
NOTICE
■ Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
● Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warn-
ing valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your
Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to
purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at your
Toyota dealer.
● Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.
Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly
with non-genuine wheels.
382
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Air conditioning filter
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the glove box. Slide off
the damper.
Push in each side of the glove
box to disconnect the claws,
and then slowly and fully open
the glove box while supporting
it.
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain
air conditioning efficiency.
Removal method
1
2
3
383
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
With the glove box fully open,
slightly lift up the glove box and
pull toward the seat to detach
the bottom of the glove box.
Do not use excessive force if the
glove box does not detach when
lightly pulled. Instead, pull toward
the seat while slightly adjusting the
height of the glove box.
Type A
Remove the filter cover.
Remove the air conditioning fil-
ter and replace it with a new
one.
The “UP” marks shown on the fil-
ter should be pointing up.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
4
5
6
7
384
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Type B
Remove the filter cover.
Unlock the filter cover.
Move the filter cover in the
direction of the arrow, and
then pull it out of the claws.
Remove the filter case.
Remove the air conditioning fil-
ter from the filter case and
replace it with a new one.
The “UP” marks shown on the fil-
ter should be pointing up.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
5
6
7
8
385
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Schedule maintenance guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
■ If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
NOTICE
■ When using the air conditioning system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.
Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the
system.
■ When removing the glove box
Always follow the specified procedure to remove the glove box (P. 382). If
the glove box is removed without following the specified procedure, the
hinge of the glove box may become damaged.
■ To prevent damage to the filter cover
When moving the filter cover in the direc-
tion of arrow to release the fitting, pay
attention not to apply excessive force to
the claws. Otherwise, the claws may be
damaged.
386
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Wireless remote control/electronic key
battery
● Flathead screwdriver
● Small flathead screwdriver
● Lithium battery
Vehicles without a smart key system: CR1620
Vehicles with a smart key system: CR2032
Vehicles without a smart key system
Remove the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
Remove the battery cover.
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted.
You will need the following items:
Replacing the battery
1
2
387
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Remove the depleted battery
using a small flathead screw-
driver.
Insert a new battery with the “+”
terminal facing up.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
Vehicles with a smart key system
Release the lock and take out
the mechanical key.
Remove the cover.
Use an appropriate sized flathead
screwdriver. Forceful prying may
deform the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
3
4
1
2
388
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Remove the depleted battery.
When removing the cover, if the
battery cannot be seen due to the
electronic key module attaching to
the upper cover, remove the elec-
tronic key module from the cover
so that the battery is visible as
shown in the illustration.
Use an appropriate sized flathead
screwdriver when removing the
battery.
Insert a new battery with the “+” terminal facing up.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
■ Use a CR1620 (vehicles without a smart key system) or CR2032 (vehicles
with a smart key system) lithium battery
● Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, local electrical appliance
shops or camera stores.
● Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manu-
facturer.
● Dispose of used batteries according to local laws.
■ If the key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur:
● The smart key system (if equipped) and wireless remote control will not
function properly.
● The operational range will be reduced.
3
4
389
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Removed battery and other parts
These parts are small and if swallowed by a child, they can cause choking.
Keep away from children. Failure to do so could result in death or serious
injury.
NOTICE
■ For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents:
● Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
● Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control.
● Do not bend either of the battery terminals.
390
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Checking and replacing fuses
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the fuse box cover.
Engine compartment type A fuse box
While pushing the 2 claws, lift
up the cover.
When closing the cover, make sure
to attach the 2 claws.
Engine compartment type B fuse box
While pushing the 3 claws, lift
up the cover.
When closing the cover, make sure
to attach the 3 claws.
Engine compartment type C fuse box
While pushing the 2 claws, lift
up the cover.
When closing the cover, make sure
to attach the 2 claws.
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may
have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as nec-
essary.
1
2
392
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Check if the fuse is blown.
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Except for type E:
Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse of an appropriate amperage rat-
ing. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid.
Type E:
Contact your Toyota dealer.
4
Type A Type B
Type C Type D
Type E
393
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ After a fuse is replaced
● If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may
need replacement. (P. 394)
● If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
■ If there is an overload in a circuit
The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage.
■ When replacing light bulbs
Toyota recommends that you use genuine Toyota products designed for this
vehicle. Because certain bulbs are connected to circuits designed to prevent
overload, non-genuine parts or parts not designed for this vehicle may be
unusable.
WARNING
■ To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or
injury.
● Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use
any other object in place of a fuse.
● Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
● Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.
NOTICE
■ Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
394
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Light bulbs
Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (P. 469)
■ Front
Front turn signal lights
Headlights
Front side marker lights
Side turn signal lights
You may replace the following bulbs yourself. The difficulty level
of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary bulb
replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your Toyota
dealer.
For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact
your Toyota dealer.
Preparing for light bulb replacement
Bulb locations
396
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Replace the light bulb, and
install the bulb base.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting and insert.
Turn and secure the bulb
base.
Shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the headlights on once and visu-
ally confirm that no light is leak-
ing through the mounting.
■
Front side marker lights
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
3
4
1
2
3
398
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Rear turn signal lights and rear side marker lights
Open the back door and
remove the cover.
To prevent damaging the vehi-
cle, wrap the flathead screw-
driver with a tape.
Remove the 2 screws and
pull the light unit toward the
rear of the vehicle to remove
it.
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Rear turn signal lights
Rear side marker lights
Remove the light bulb.
Rear turn signal lights
Rear side marker lights
When installing the light bulb, install by conducting and
with the directions reversed.
1
2
3
4
5
3 4
401
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
License plate lights
Open the back door and
remove the cover.
To prevent damaging the vehi-
cle, wrap the flathead screw-
driver with a tape.
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
1
2
3
4
402
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Side turn signal lights
Insert a flathead screwdriver
and release the claw for the
outside rear view mirror
cover.
To prevent damaging the vehi-
cle, wrap the flathead screw-
driver with a tape.
Release the cover claws
spanning over the entire
perimeter.
Release the claw of the bot-
tom part of the cover and
then remove the cover.
1
Claw
2
3
403
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Insert a flathead screwdriver
and remove the lens to the
outside.
Remove the socket from the
side turn signal light housing.
Remove the bulb.
Replace the bulb and install
the socket to the side turn
signal light housing.
Align the grooves of the socket
to the side turn signal light hous-
ing.
4
5
6
7
405
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Attach the cover claws span-
ning over the entire perime-
ter.
Finally, confirm that the outside
claw is securely fitted.
■ Replacing the following bulbs
If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by
your Toyota dealer.
● Parking lights/daytime running lights
● Stop/tail lights
● High mounted stoplight
● Outer mirror illumination (if equipped)
■ LED light bulbs
The following lights consist of a number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs burns
out, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have the light replaced.
● Parking lights/daytime running lights
● Stop/tail lights
● High mounted stoplight
● Outer mirror illumination (if equipped)
■ Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does not
indicate a malfunction.
Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations:
● Large drops of water have built up on the inside of the lens.
● Water has built up inside the headlight.
■ When replacing light bulbs
P. 393
11
406
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Replacing light bulbs
● Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after
turning off the lights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
● Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is
unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth
to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb.
Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.
● Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
● Do not attempt to repair or disassemble light bulbs, connectors, electric
circuits or component parts.
Doing so may result in death or serious injury due to electric shock.
■ To prevent damage or fire
● Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
● Check the wattage of the bulb before installing to prevent heat damage.
407
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
7-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers .......... 408
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an
emergency ...................... 409
7-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ......................... 411
If you think something is
wrong .............................. 418
Fuel pump shut off
system ............................ 419
If a warning light turns
on or a warning buzzer
sounds ............................ 420
If a warning message is
displayed......................... 430
If you have a flat tire.......... 435
If the engine will not
start................................. 446
If the electronic key
does not operate
properly (vehicles with a
smart key system)........... 448
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ...................... 451
If your vehicle
overheats ........................ 455
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ............................... 458
408
7-1. Essential information
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Emergency flashers
Press the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash.
To turn them off, press the switch
once again.
■ Emergency flashers
If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the engine is not
operating, the battery may discharge.
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the
vehicle has to be stopped in the road due to a breakdown, etc.
409
7-1. Essential information
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
7
When trouble arises
If your vehicle has to be stopped in an
emergency
Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the effort
required to slow the vehicle.
Shift the shift lever to N.
If the shift lever is shifted to N
After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Stop the engine.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N
Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle
speed as much as possible.
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop
the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the follow-
ing procedure:
1
2
3
4
3
410
7-1. Essential information
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Vehicles without a smart key
system: Stop the engine by
turning the engine switch to the
“ACC” position.
Vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem: To stop the engine, press
and hold the engine switch for
2 consecutive seconds or more,
or press it briefly 3 times or
more in succession.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
4
Press and hold for 2 seconds or
more, or press briefly 3 times or
more
4
WARNING
■ If the engine has to be turned off while driving
● Power assist for the brakes and steering wheel will be lost, making the
brake pedal harder to depress and the steering wheel heavier to turn.
Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the engine.
● Vehicles without a smart key system: Never attempt to remove the key, as
doing so will lock the steering wheel.
5
411
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
7
When trouble arises
If your vehicle needs to be towed
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service before towing.
● The engine is running but the vehicle does not move.
● The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle
towed by your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service,
using a wheel-lift type truck or flatbed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/
provincial and local laws.
Situations when it is necessary to contact dealers before towing
413
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
If your vehicle is transported by a
flatbed truck, it should be tied
down at the locations shown in the
illustration.
If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be dam-
aged.
If a tow truck is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using cables or chains secured to the emergency
towing eyelets. This should only be attempted on hard surfaced roads
for at most 50 miles (80 km) at under 18 mph (30 km/h).
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer and operate the brakes. The
vehicle’s wheels, drivetrain, axles, steering and brakes must be in
good condition.
Only the front towing eyelets may be used.
Using a flatbed truck
Emergency towing
414
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Take out the towing eyelet. (P. 436)
Remove the eyelet cover using
a flathead screwdriver.
To protect the bodywork, place a
rag between the screwdriver and
the vehicle body as shown in the
illustration.
Insert the towing eyelet into the
hole and tighten partially by
hand.
Tighten down the towing eyelet
securely using a wheel nut
wrench or hard metal bar.
Emergency towing procedure
1
2
3
4
415
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Securely attach cables or chains to the towing eyelet.
Take care not to damage the vehicle body.
Vehicles without a smart key system: Enter the vehicle being towed
and start the engine.
If the engine does not start, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system: Enter the vehicle being towed
and start the engine.
If the engine does not start, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Shift the shift lever to N and release the parking brake.
When the shift lever cannot be shifted: P. 1 84
■ While towing
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering will
not function, making steering and braking more difficult.
■ Wheel nut wrench
Wheel nut wrench is installed in the luggage compartment. (P. 436)
5
6
7
416
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When towing the vehicle
■ While towing
● When towing using cables or chains, avoid sudden starts, etc., which
place excessive stress on the towing eyelets, cables or chains. The towing
eyelets, cables or chains may become damaged, broken debris may hit
people, and cause serious damage.
● Vehicles without a smart key system: Do not turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position.
There is a possibility that the steering wheel is locked and cannot be oper-
ated.
● Vehicles with a smart key system: Do not turn the engine switch off.
There is a possibility that the steering wheel is locked and cannot be oper-
ated.
■ Installing towing eyelets to the vehicle
Make sure that towing eyelets are installed securely.
If not securely installed, towing eyelets may come loose during towing.
Be sure to transport the vehicle with the
front wheels raised or with all four wheels
raised off the ground. If the vehicle is
towed with the front wheels contacting
the ground, the drivetrain and related
parts may be damaged.
417
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type
truck
● Vehicles without a smart key system: Do not tow the vehicle from the rear
when the engine switch is in the “LOCK” position or the key is removed.
The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels
straight.
● Vehicles with a smart key system: Do not tow the vehicle from the rear
when the engine switch is off. The steering lock mechanism is not strong
enough to hold the front wheels straight.
● When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle during emergency towing
Do not secure cables or chains to the suspension components.
418
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
If you think something is wrong
● Fluid leaks under the vehicle.
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
● Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
● Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points higher
than normal.
● Changes in exhaust sound
● Excessive tire squeal when cornering
● Strange noises related to the suspension system
● Pinging or other noises related to the engine
● Engine misses, stumbling or running roughly
● Appreciable loss of power
● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
● Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches
the floor
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle proba-
bly needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
Visible symptoms
Audible symptoms
Operational symptoms
419
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
7
When trouble arises
Fuel pump shut off system
Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is
activated.
Vehicles without a smart key system
Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Restart the engine.
Vehicles with a smart key system
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode or turn it off.
Restart the engine.
To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or
when an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off
system stops the supply of fuel to the engine.
NOTICE
■ Before starting the engine
Inspect the ground under the vehicle.
If you find that fuel has leaked onto the ground, the fuel system has been
damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine.
1
2
1
2
420
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
If a warning light turns on or a warning
buzzer sounds
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights
comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then
goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the
system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Warning light and warning buzzer list
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
(Red) (Canada)
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)
Indicates that:
• Low brake fluid; or
• The brake system is malfunctioning.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer
Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.
*
1
Low engine oil pressure warning light (warning buzzer)
Indicates abnormal engine oil pressure
The warning light may come on if the engine oil pressure
is too low.
A buzzer also sounds.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer
Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.
*
1
Charging system warning light
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer
421
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
Malfunction indicator lamp (warning buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The electronic engine control system;
• The electronic throttle control system; or
• The electronic continuously variable transmission.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
SRS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system; or
• The seat belt pretensioner system.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
ABS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(Red/yellow)
Electric power steering system warning light (warning
buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steer-
ing) system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Slip indicator
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system;
• The TRAC (Traction Control) system; or
• The hill-start assist control system.
The light will flash when the VSC or the TRAC is operat-
ing. (P. 281)
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
422
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
(Yellow)
Brake system warning light
Indicates a malfunction in the electric parking brake
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(Flashes or
illuminates)
PCS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in the PCS (Pre-Collision System)
or that the system is temporarily unavailable due to the
vehicle being extremely hot/cold, or dirt around a front
sensor, etc. (P. 237, 430)
Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display. (P. 237, 430)
If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) or VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) system is disabled, the PCS warning light will illu-
minate.
P. 237
*
2
(Flashes) (U.S.A.)
(Flashes) (Canada)
Parking brake indicator (warning buzzer)
It is possible that the parking brake is not fully engaged or
released
Operate the parking brake switch once again.
This light comes on when the parking brake is not
released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is fully
released, the system is operating normally.
Low fuel level warning light
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.0 gal.
(7.5 L, 1.6 Imp.gal.) or less
Refuel the vehicle.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
423
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
*
3
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
(warning buzzer)
Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their
seat belts.
Fasten the seat belt.
If the front passenger seat is occupied, the front pas-
senger’s seat belt also needs to be fastened to make
the warning light (warning buzzer) off.
*
3
(On the center panel)
Rear passengers’ seat belt reminder lights (warning
buzzer)
Warn the rear passengers to fasten their seat belts
Fasten the seat belt.
Tire pressure warning light
When the light comes on:
Low tire inflation pressure such as
• Natural causes (P. 42 6 )
• Flat tire (P. 435)
Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified
level.
The light will turn off after a few minutes. In case
the light does not turn off even if the tire inflation
pressure is adjusted, have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer.
When the light comes on after blinking for 1 minute:
Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system
(P. 42 7 )
Have the system checked by your Toyota dealer.
*
1
High engine coolant temperature warning light (warning
buzzer)
Indicates that the engine coolant temperature is too high
P. 455
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
424
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
*
1
: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
*
2
: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven at a speed of approximately
3 mph (5 km/h) or more.
*
3
: Driver’s seat belt warning buzzer:
The driver’s seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the driver that his or
her seat belt is not fastened. Once the engine switch is turned to the “ON”
position (vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehi-
cles with smart key system), the buzzer sounds for 6 seconds. If the vehi-
cle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h), the buzzer sounds once. If the
seat belt is still unfastened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermit-
tently for 6 seconds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will
sound in a different tone for 90 more seconds.
*
1
Brake Override System
Indicates that the accelerator and brake pedals are being
depressed simultaneously, and the Brake Override Sys-
tem is operating.
Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake
pedal.
Indicates a malfunction in the Brake Override System
(with warning buzzer)
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Drive-Start Control
Indicates that the shift position was changed and Drive-
Start Control was operated while depressing the accelera-
tor pedal.
Momentarily release the accelerator pedal.
Indicates a malfunction in the Drive-Start Control system
(with warning buzzer)
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
425
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzer:
The front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the front
passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds
once if the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). If the seat belt is
still unfastened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 6
seconds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a
different tone for 90 more seconds.
Rear passengers’ seat belt warning buzzer:
The rear passengers’ seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the rear
passengers that his or her seat belt is not fastened. If the vehicle reaches a
speed of 12 mph (20 km/h), the buzzer will sound intermittently for 6 sec-
onds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a dif-
ferent tone for 24 more seconds.
■ SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact
sensors, side impact sensors (front door), side impact sensors (front), side
impact sensors (rear), driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle
switch, front passenger occupant classification system, “AIR BAG ON” indica-
tor light, “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light, front passenger’s seat belt buckle
switch, seat belt pretensioners, airbags, interconnecting wiring and power
sources. (P. 32)
■ Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)
When the battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage temporarily
drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come on and the
warning buzzer may sound.
■ If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving
For some models, the malfunction indicator lamp will come on if the fuel tank
becomes completely empty. If the fuel tank is empty, refuel the vehicle imme-
diately. The malfunction indicator lamp will go off after several trips.
If the malfunction indicator lamp does not go off, contact your Toyota dealer.
■ Front passenger detection sensor, seat belt reminder and warning
buzzer
● If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detec-
tion sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to
sound even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat.
● If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a passenger,
and the warning light may not operate properly.
426
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Warning light operations for unfastened rear passenger seat belts
● When opening and closing the rear door, the warning light comes on for
approximately 34 seconds.
● When any of the rear seat belts are unfastened, the warning light comes on.
When the rear doors are opened and closed while the warning light is on,
the warning light will turn off after approximately 34 seconds.
■
When the tire pressure warning light comes on
Inspect the appearance of the tire to check that the tire is not punctured.
If the tire is punctured: P. 435
If the tire is not punctured:
Carry out the following procedure after the tire temperature has lowered
sufficiently.
● Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust to the appropriate level.
● If the warning light does not go out even after several minutes, check
that the tire inflation pressure is at the specified level and carry out ini-
tialization. (P. 36 7 )
The warning light may come on again if the above operations are con-
ducted without first allowing the tire temperature to lower sufficiently.
■ The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes such
as natural air leaks and tire inflation pressure changes caused by tem-
perature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the
warning light (after a few minutes).
■ When a tire is replaced with a spare tire
The compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will not
turn off even though the flat tire has been replaced with the spare tire.
Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust the tire inflation
pressure. The tire pressure warning light will go off after a few minutes.
■ Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function
properly
P. 37 0
427
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking
for 1 minute
If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for
1 minute when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles
without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart
key system), have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
■ Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard because of noisy place or an
audio sound.
WARNING
■ If both the ABS and the brake system warning lights remain on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact your Toyota
dealer. The vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking, and the
ABS system may fail, which could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
■ When the electric power steering system warning light comes on
When the light comes on yellow, the assist to the power steering is
restricted. When the light comes on red, the assist to the power steering is
lost and handling operations of the steering wheel become extremely
heavy. When steering wheel operations are heavier than usual, grip the
steering wheel firmly and operate it using more force than usual.
■
If the tire pressure warning light comes on
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could
cause a loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
● Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire
inflation pressure immediately.
● If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pres-
sure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires.
If a tire is flat, change it with the spare tire and have the flat tire
repaired by the nearest Toyota dealer.
● Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate,
you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
■ If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.
428
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Maintenance of the tires
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a dif-
ferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine
the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illumi-
nates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-
inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a sub-
stitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached
the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light).
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warn-
ing system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunc-
tion indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure
warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi-
nated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups
as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illu-
minated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pres-
sure as intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a vari-
ety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pres-
sure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to
continue to function properly.
431
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The warning lights and warning buzzers operate as follows depending
on the content of the message. If a message indicates the need for
inspection by a dealer, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer immediately.
*: A buzzer sounds the first time a message is shown on the multi-informa-
tion display
Messages and warnings
System
warning
light
Warning
buzzer
*
Warning
Sounds
• Indicates an important situation, such as
when a system related to driving is malfunc-
tioning or that danger may result if the correc-
tion procedure is not performed
• Indicates a situation, such as when damage
to the vehicle or danger may result
Comes
on or
flashes
Sounds
Indicates an important situation, such as when
the systems shown on the multi-information dis-
play may be malfunctioning
Does not
sound
• Indicates a condition, such as malfunction of
electrical components, their condition, or indi-
cates the need for maintenance
• Indicates a situation, such as when an opera-
tion has been performed incorrectly, or indi-
cates how to perform an operation correctly
432
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Warning messages
The warning messages explained below may differ from the actual messages
according to operation conditions and vehicle specifications.
■ If “Visit Your Dealer” is shown
The system or part shown on the multi-information display is malfunctioning.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
■ If a message about an operation is shown
● If a message about an operation of the accelerator pedal or brake pedal is
shown
A warning message about an operation of the brake pedal may be shown
while the driving assist systems such as PCS (Pre-Collision System) or the
dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is operating. If a warning
message is shown, be sure to decelerate the vehicle or follow the instruction
shown on the multi-information display.
● A warning message is shown when Brake Override System or Drive-Start
Control operates (P. 158). Follow the instructions on the multi-informa-
tion display.
● If a message about an operation of the engine switch is shown
An instruction for operation of the engine switch is shown when the incorrect
procedure for starting the engine is performed or the engine switch is oper-
ated incorrectly. Follow the instructions shown on the multi -information dis-
play to operate the engine switch again.
● If a message about a shift lever operation is shown
To prevent the shift lever from being operated incorrectly or the vehicle from
moving unexpectedly, a message that requires shifting the shift lever may
be shown on the multi-information display. In that case, follow the instruction
of the message and shift the shift lever.
● If a message or image about an open/close state of a part or replenishment
of a consumable is shown
Confirm the part indicated by the multi-information display or a warning light,
and then perform the coping method such as closing the open door or
replenishing a consumable.
433
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ If “See Owner’s Manual” is shown
● If “Braking Power Low Stop in a Safe Place See Owner’s Manual” is shown,
this may be a malfunction. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and
contact your Toyota dealer. Continuing to drive the vehicle may be danger-
ous.
● Vehicles with a smart key system:
If “Entry & Start System Malfunction See Owner’s Manual” is shown, there
may be a malfunction. Immediately have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
■ If “Charging System Malfunction” is shown
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system. Immediately stop
the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer. Continuing to drive
the vehicle may be dangerous.
■ If “Engine Coolant Temperature High” is shown
Indicates that the engine coolant temperature is too high. Immediately stop
the vehicle in a safe place. (P. 455)
■ If “Engine Oil Pressure Low” is shown
Indicates that the engine oil pressure is too low. Immediately stop the vehicle
in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.
■ If “Maintenance Required Soon” is shown (U.S.A. only)
Indicates that all maintenance according to the driven distance on the mainte-
nance schedule
* should be performed soon.
Comes on approximately 4500 miles (7200 km) after the message has been
reset.
If necessary, perform maintenance. Please reset the message after the main-
tenance is performed. (P. 337)
*: Refer to the separate “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement” for the maintenance interval applicable to your vehicle.
■ If “Maintenance Required Visit Your Dealer.” is shown (U.S.A. only)
Indicates that all maintenance is required to correspond to the driven distance
on the maintenance schedule
*.
Comes on approximately 5000 miles (8000 km) after the message has been
reset. (The indicator will not work properly unless the message has been
reset.)
Perform the necessary maintenance. Please reset the message after the
maintenance is performed. (P. 337)
*: Refer to the separate “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement” for the maintenance interval applicable to your vehicle.
434
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ If “A New Key has been Registered Contact Your Dealer for Details” is
shown (vehicles with a smart key system)
This message will be displayed each time the driver's door is opened when
the doors are unlocked from the outside for approximately one week after a
new electronic key has been registered.
If this message is displayed but you have not had a new electronic key regis-
tered, ask your Toyota dealer to check if an unknown electronic key (other
than those in your possession) has been registered.
■ If “Front camera unavailable” or “Front camera vision blocked Clean and
demist windshield” is displayed.
The following systems may be suspended until the problem shown in the
message is resolved. (P. 237, 422)
● PCS (Pre-Collision System)
● LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
● Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range
● Automatic High Beam
■ Warning buzzer
P. 427
435
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
7
When trouble arises
If you have a flat tire
● Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
● Set the parking brake.
● Shift the shift lever to P.
● Stop the engine.
● Turn on the emergency flashers. (P. 408)
Your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire. The flat tire can be
replaced with the spare tire.
For details about tires: P. 3 6 5
WARNING
■ If you have a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident.
Before jacking up the vehicle
437
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Using the tire jack
Observe the following precautions.
Improper use of the tire jack may cause the vehicle to suddenly fall off
the jack, leading to death or serious injury.
● Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or
installing and removing tire chains.
● Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat
tire.
Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for
replacing tires on this vehicle.
● Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while it is supported
by the jack.
● Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is sup-
ported by the jack.
● Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside.
● When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
● Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to
replace the tire.
● Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle.
● When lowering the vehicle, make sure that there is no-one near the
vehicle. If there are people nearby, warn them vocally before lowering.
● Put the jack properly in its jack point.
(P. 439)
438
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Remove the deck board. (P. 310)
Take out the jack.
Remove the deck board. (P. 310)
Remove the cushion.
Loosen the center fastener that
secures the spare tire.
Taking out the jack
1
2
Taking out the spare tire
1
2
3
WARNING
■ When storing the spare tire
Be careful not to catch fingers or other body parts between the spare
tire and the body of the vehicle.
439
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Chock the tires.
Slightly loosen the wheel nuts
(one turn).
Turn the tire jack portion by
hand until the center of the
recessed portion of the jack is
in contact with the center of the
jack point.
Replacing a flat tire
1
Flat tire Wheel chock positions
Front
Left-hand side Behind the rear right-hand side tire
Right-hand side Behind the rear left-hand side tire
Rear
Left-hand side In front of the front right-hand side tire
Right-hand side In front of the front left-hand side tire
2
3
440
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Assemble the jack handle and
the wheel nut wrench as shown
in the illustration.
Raise the vehicle until the tire is
slightly raised off the ground.
Remove all the wheel nuts and
the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid
scratching the wheel surface.
4
5
6
441
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Replacing a flat tire
● Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury:
• Do not try to remove the wheel ornament by hand. Take due care in
handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury.
• Do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes immedi-
ately after the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven, the disc wheels and the area
around the brakes will be extremely hot. Touching these areas with
hands, feet or other body parts while changing a tire, etc., may
result in burns.
● Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to
loosen and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury.
• Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ft
·lbf
(103 N
·m, 10.5 kgf·m) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
• Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off
the wheel while the vehicle is moving.
• When installing a tire, only use wheel nuts that have been specifi-
cally designed for that wheel.
• If there are any cracks or deformations in the bolt screws, nut
threads or bolt holes of the wheel, have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.
• When installing the wheel nuts, be sure to install them with the
tapered ends facing inward. (P. 380)
442
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Remove any dirt or foreign mat-
ter from the wheel contact sur-
face.
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is in
motion, causing the tire to come
off.
Install the tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by
approximately the same amount.
When replacing a steel wheel
with a steel wheel, tighten the
wheel nuts until the tapered
portion comes into loose con-
tact with the disc wheel seat.
When replacing an aluminum
wheel with a steel wheel,
tighten the wheel nuts until the
tapered portion comes into
loose contact with the disc
wheel seat.
Lower the vehicle.
Installing the spare tire
1
2
Tapered portion
Disc wheel seat
Tapered portion
Disc wheel seat
3
443
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Firmly tighten each wheel nut
two or three times in the order
shown in the illustration.
Tightening torque:
76 ft
·lbf (103 N·m, 10.5 kgf·m)
Stow the flat tire, tire jack and all tools.
■ The compact spare tire
● The compact spare tire is identified by the label “TEMPORARY USE
ONLY” on the tire sidewall.
Use the compact spare tire temporarily, and only in an emergency.
● Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure of the compact spare tire.
(P. 46 8 )
■ After completing the tire change
The tire pressure warning system must be reset. (P. 367)
■ When using the compact spare tire
As the compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, low inflation pressure of the spare tire will not be
indicated by the tire pressure warning system. Also, if you replace the
compact spare tire after the tire pressure warning light comes on, the light
remains on.
■ When the compact spare tire is equipped
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire
compared to when driving with standard tires.
■ If you have a flat front tire on a road covered with snow or ice
Install the compact spare tire on one of the rear wheels of the vehicle.
Perform the following steps and fit tire chains to the front tires:
Replace a rear tire with the compact spare tire.
Replace the flat front tire with the tire removed from the rear of the vehi-
cle.
Fit tire chains to the front tires.
4
5
1
2
3
444
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When using the compact spare tire
● Remember that the compact spare tire provided is specifically
designed for use with your vehicle. Do not use your compact spare tire
on another vehicle.
● Do not use more than one compact spare tires simultaneously.
● Replace the compact spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possi-
ble.
● Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shift-
ing operations that cause sudden engine braking.
■ When the compact spare tire is attached
The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the following sys-
tems may not operate correctly:
■ Speed limit when using the compact spare tire
Do not drive at speeds in excess of 50 mph (80 km/h) when a compact
spare tire is installed on the vehicle.
The compact spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Fail-
ure to observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or
serious injury.
■ After using the tools and jack
Before driving, make sure all the tools and jack are securely in place in
their storage location to reduce the possibility of personal injury during a
collision or sudden braking.
• ABS & Brake assist
• VSC
•TRAC
• EPS
• Automatic High Beam
• PCS (Pre-Collision System)
*: If equipped
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control)
• Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range
• BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)
*
• Rear view monitor system
445
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
NOTICE
■ Be careful when driving over bumps with the compact spare tire
installed on the vehicle.
The vehicle height may become lower when driving with the compact
spare tire, compared to when driving with standard tires. Be careful
when driving over uneven road surfaces.
■ Driving with tire chains and the compact spare tire
Do not fit tire chains to the compact spare tire.
Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving
performance.
■ When replacing the tires
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
■ To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (P. 3 6 6)
446
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
If the engine will not start
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank.
Refuel the vehicle.
● The engine may be flooded.
Try to restart the engine again following correct starting procedures.
(P. 172, 175)
● There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system.
(P. 74)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● The battery may be discharged. (P. 451)
● The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.
The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical
problem such as electronic key battery depletion or a blown fuse.
However, an interim measure is available to start the engine.
(P. 447)
If the engine will not start even though correct starting proce-
dures are being followed (P. 172, 175), consider each of the fol-
lowing points:
The engine will not start even though the starter motor operates
normally.
The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and head-
lights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at a low
volume.
The starter motor does not turn over (vehicles with a smart key
system)
447
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected.
● The battery may be discharged. (P. 451)
● There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system. (vehicles
with a smart key system)
Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair
procedures are unknown.
When the engine does not start, the following steps can be used as an
interim measure to start the engine if the engine switch is functioning
normally:
Set the parking brake.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode.
Press and hold the engine switch for about 15 seconds while
depressing the brake pedal firmly.
Even if the engine can be started using the above steps, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and head-
lights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound.
Emergency start function (vehicles with a smart key system)
1
2
3
4
448
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
If the electronic key does not operate
properly (vehicles with a smart key system)
Use the mechanical key (P. 106) in order to perform the following
operations:
Locks all the doors
Closes the windows (turn and
hold)
*
Unlocks the door
Turning the key rearward unlocks
the driver’s door. Turning the key
once again within 3 seconds
unlocks the other doors.
Opens the windows (turn and
hold)
*
*
: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer. (P. 486)
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is
interrupted (P. 128) or the electronic key cannot be used
because the battery is depleted, the smart key system and
wireless remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the
doors can be opened and the engine can be started by follow-
ing the procedure below.
Locking and unlocking the doors
449
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Ensure that the shift lever is in P and depress the brake pedal.
Touch the Toyota emblem side
of the electronic key to the
engine switch.
When the electronic key is
detected, a buzzer sounds and the
engine switch will turn to IGNITION
ON mode.
When the smart key system is
deactivated in customization set-
ting, the engine switch will turn to
ACCESSORY mode.
Firmly depress the brake pedal and check that and mes-
sages are shown on the multi-information display.
Press the engine switch.
In the event that the engine still cannot be started, contact your Toyota
dealer.
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
450
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Stopping the engine
Set the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P and press the engine switch as
you normally do when stopping the engine.
■ Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the
electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted.
(P. 386)
■ Changing engine switch modes
Release the brake pedal and press the engine switch in step above. The
engine does not start and modes will be changed each time the switch is
pressed. (P. 176)
■ When the electronic key does not work properly
● Make sure that the smart key system and push button start has not been
deactivated in the customization setting. If it is off, turn the function on.
(Customizable features: P. 486)
● Check if battery-saving mode is set. If it is set, cancel the function.
(P. 127)
WARNING
■ When using the mechanical key and operating the power windows
Operate the power window after checking to make sure that there is no pos-
sibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the side
window.
Also, do not allow children to operate the mechanical key. It is possible for
children and other passengers to get caught in the power window.
3
451
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
7
When trouble arises
If the vehicle battery is discharged
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle
with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the
steps below.
Open the hood. (P. 347)
Remove the engine cover.
Pull up the both ends of the cover
vertically.
The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the
vehicle’s battery is discharged.
You can also call your Toyota dealer or a qualified repair shop.
1
2
452
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:
Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the positive (+) battery
terminal on your vehicle.
Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the
positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery termi-
nal on the second vehicle.
Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a
solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the battery
and any moving parts, as shown in the illustration.
Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine speed
slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to
recharge the battery of your vehicle.
Vehicles with a smart key system: Open and close any of the doors
of your vehicle with the engine switch off.
3
3
2
4
4
5
453
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn the
engine switch to the “ON” position, then start the vehicle’s engine.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn the
engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, then start the vehicle’s
engine.
Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in
the exact reverse order from which they were connected.
To install the engine cover, conduct the removal procedure in
reverse. After installing, check that the fixed pins are inserted
securely.
Once the engine starts, have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
■ Starting the engine when the battery is discharged
The engine cannot be started by push-starting.
■ To prevent battery discharge
● Turn off the headlights and the air conditioning system while the engine is
stopped.
● Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running
at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic.
■ Charging the battery
The electricity stored in the battery will discharge gradually even when the
vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining effects of cer-
tain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the battery may
discharge, and the engine may be unable to start. (The battery recharges
automatically during driving.)
■ When replacing the battery
● Use a battery that conforms to European regulations.
● Use a battery that the case size is same as the previous one, 20 hour rate
capacity (20HR) is equivalent or greater, and performance rating (CCA) is
equivalent or greater.
Check the label on top of the battery for the battery size and specifications
(ex. LN2, 60Ah, 520A).
• If the sizes differ, the battery cannot be properly secured.
• If the 20 hour rate capacity is low, even if the time period where the vehi-
cle is not used is a short time, the battery may discharge and the engine
may not be able to start.
● For details, consult your Toyota dealer.
6
7
8
454
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ Avoiding battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flam-
mable gas that may be emitted from the battery:
● Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that
it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal.
● Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the “+” termi-
nal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area,
such as brackets or unpainted metal.
● Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact
with each other.
● Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near
the battery.
■ Battery precautions
The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while
related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following pre-
cautions when handling the battery:
● When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care
not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing
or the vehicle body.
● Do not lean over the battery.
● In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
● Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and
other battery-related parts.
● Do not allow children near the battery.
NOTICE
■ When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entan-
gled in the cooling fan or engine drive belt.
455
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
7
When trouble arises
If your vehicle overheats
● The needle of the engine coolant temperature gauge (P. 8 8)
enters the red zone or a loss of engine power is experienced (for
example, the vehicle speed does not increase).
● Steam comes out from under the hood.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning sys-
tem, and then stop the engine.
If you see steam:
Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides.
If you do not see steam:
Carefully lift the hood.
After the engine has cooled
down sufficiently, inspect the
hoses and radiator core (radia-
tor) for any leaks.
Radiator
Cooling fan
If a large amount of coolant
leaks, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer.
The following may indicate that your vehicle is overheating.
Correction procedures
1
2
3
456
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
The coolant level is satisfactory
if it is between the “FULL” and
“LOW” lines on the reservoir.
Reservoir
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
Add coolant if necessary.
Water can be used in an emer-
gency if coolant is unavailable.
Start the engine and turn the air conditioning system on to check
that the radiator cooling fan operates and to check for coolant leaks
from the radiator or hoses.
The fan operates when the air conditioning system is turned on immedi-
ately after a cold start. Confirm that the fan is operating by checking the fan
sound and air flow. If it is difficult to check these, turn the air conditioning
system on and off repeatedly.
(The fan may not operate in freezing temperatures.)
If the fan is not operating:
Stop the engine immediately and contact your Toyota dealer.
If the fan is operating:
Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest Toyota dealer.
4
5
6
7
457
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When inspecting under the hood of your vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns.
● If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot.
● Keep hands and clothing (especially a tie, a scarf or a muffler) away from
the fan and belts. Failure to do so may cause the hands or clothing to be
caught, resulting in serious injury.
● Do not loosen the coolant reservoir cap while the engine and radiator are
hot.
High temperature steam or coolant could spray out.
NOTICE
■ When adding coolant
Add coolant slowly after the engine has cooled down sufficiently. Adding
cool coolant to a hot engine too quickly can cause damage to the engine.
■ To prevent damage to the cooling system
Observe the following precautions:
● Avoid contaminating the coolant with foreign matter (such as sand or dust
etc.).
● Do not use any coolant additives.
458
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
If the vehicle becomes stuck
Stop the engine. Shift the shift lever to P, and set the parking brake.
Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front wheels.
Place wood, stones or some other material under the front wheels
to help provide traction.
Restart the engine.
Shift the shift lever to D or R and release the parking brake. Then,
while exercising caution, depress the accelerator pedal.
■ When it is difficult to free the vehicle
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
Press to turn off TRAC.
A message will be shown on the multi-
information display.
1
2
3
4
5
459
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
WARNING
■ When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the
surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people.
The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes
free. Use extreme caution.
■ When shifting the shift lever
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■ To avoid damaging the transmission and other components
● Avoid spinning the front wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal
more than necessary.
● If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed,
the vehicle may require towing to be freed.
461
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
8-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.).......... 462
Fuel information ................ 470
Tire information ................. 473
8-2. Customization
Customizable features ...... 486
8-3. Items to initialize
Items to initialize ............... 496
462
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
*
1
: Unladen vehicles
*
2
: Vehicles with 215/60R17 tires
*
3
: Vehicles with 225/50R18 tires
■
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for
your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your
Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is also stamped on
the top left of the instrument
panel.
Dimensions and weights
Overall length 173.9 in. (4417 mm)
Overall width 70.7 in. (1795 mm)
Overall height*
1
61.2 in. (1555 mm)
Wheelbase 103.9 in. (2640 mm)
Tread
Front
61.0 in. (1550 mm)
*
2
60.6 in. (1540 mm)*
3
Rear
61.4 in. (1560 mm)
*
2
61.0 in. (1550 mm)*
3
Vehicle capacity weight
(occupants + luggage)
835 lb. (375 kg)
Vehicle identification
464
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
*: The engine oil capacity is a reference quantity to be used when changing
the engine oil. Warm up and turn off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes,
and check the oil level on the dipstick.
Engine
Model 3ZR-FAE
Type 4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke 3.17 3.84 in. (80.5 97.6 mm)
Displacement 121.3 cu.in. (1987 cm
3
)
Valve clearance (engine
cold)
Automatic adjustment
Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment
Fuel
Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only
Octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
13.2 gal. (50 L, 11.0 Imp.gal.)
Lubrication system
Oil capacity
(Drain and refill
reference
*)
With filter
Without filter
4.4 qt. (4.2 L, 3.7 Imp.qt.)
4.1 qt. (3.9 L, 3.4 Imp.qt.)
465
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Engine oil selection
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in your Toyota vehicle. Use Toy -
ota approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent to satisfy
the following grade and viscosity.
Oil grade: ILSAC GF-5 multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity: SAE 0W-20
SAE 0W-20 is the best choice for
good fuel economy and good start-
ing in cold weather.
If SAE 0W-20 is not available, SAE
5W-20 oil may be used. However,
it must be replaced with SAE 0W-
20 at the next oil change.
Oil viscosity (0W-20 is explained here as an example):
• The 0W in 0W-20 indicates the characteristic of the oil which allows cold
startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow for easier starting of
the engine in cold weather.
• The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil when the
oil is at high temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity (one with a higher
value) may be better suited if the vehicle is operated at high speeds, or
under extreme load conditions.
How to read oil container label:
The International Lubricant
Specification Advisory Commit-
tee (ILSAC) Certification Mark
is added to some oil containers
to help you select the oil you
should use.
Outside temperature
466
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Cooling system
Capacity 6.1 qt. (5.7 L, 5.1 Imp.qt.)
Coolant type
Use either of the following.
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
• Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-based non-sili-
cate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate cool-
ant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
Ignition system
Spark plug
Make DENSO SC16HR11
Gap 0.043 in. (1.1 mm)
NOTICE
■ Iridium-tipped spark plugs
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust spark plug gap.
Electrical system
Battery
Specific volt-
age reading at
68F (20C):
12.3 V or higher
If the specific voltage is lower than the standard value,
charge the battery. (Voltage checked 20 minutes after
the engine and all the lights are turned off)
Specific grav-
ity reading at
68F (20C):
1.25 or higher
If the specific gravity is lower than the standard value,
charge the battery.
Charging rates
Quick charge
Slow charge
15 A max.
5 A max.
467
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
*: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity.
If replacement is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.
*: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 30.6 kgf (300 N,
67.4 lbf) while the engine is running
Continuously variable transmission
Fluid capacity* 7.6 qt. (7.2 L, 6.3 Imp.qt.)
Fluid type Toyota Genuine CVT Fluid FE
NOTICE
■ Continuously variable transmission fluid type
Using continuously variable transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine
CVT Fluid FE” may cause deterioration in shift quality, locking up of the
transmission accompanied by vibration and, ultimately, damage to the vehi-
cle’s transmission.
Brakes
Pedal clearance* 4.5 in. (115 mm)
Pedal free play 0.04 0.20 in. (1 5 mm)
Brake pad wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Fluid type
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3;
SAE J1704 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 4
Steering
Free play Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)
468
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
17-inch tires
18-inch tires
Compact spare tire
Tires and wheels
Tire size 215/60R17 96H
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Front tires:
33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear tires:
33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 17 6 1/2J
Wheel nut torque 76 ft·lbf (103 N·m, 10.5 kgf·m)
Tire size 225/50R18 95V
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Front tires:
33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear tires:
33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 18 7 J
Wheel nut torque 76 ft·lbf (103 N·m, 10.5 kgf·m)
Tire size T145/90D16 106M, T145/70D18 107M
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 16 4 T, 18 4 T
Wheel nut torque 76 ft·lbf (103 N·m, 10.5 kgf·m)
469
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
*: If equipped
Light bulbs
Light bulbs Bulb No. W Type
Exterior
Headlights 9012 55 A
Front side marker lights ― 5 B
Front turn signal lights ― 21 C
Side turn signal lights ― 5 D
Rear side marker lights ― 5 B
Rear turn signal lights ― 21 D
Back-up lights 921 16 B
License plate lights ― 5 B
Interior
Vanity lights
* ―8 B
Front interior lights/
front personal lights
―5 B
Rear interior light ― 8 E
Luggage compartment
light
―5 B
A: HIR2 halogen bulbs
C: Single end bulbs (amber)
E: Double end bulbs
B: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
D: Wedge base bulbs (amber)
470
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Fuel information
■ Gasoline quality
In very few cases, driveability problems may be caused by the brand of gaso-
line you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the brand of
gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota dealer.
■ Recommendation of the use of gasoline containing detergent additives
● Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to
avoid the build-up of engine deposits.
● All gasoline sold in the U.S.A. contains minimum detergent additives to
clean and/or keep clean intake systems, per EPA’s lowest additives concen-
tration program.
● Toyota strongly recommends the use of Top Tier Detergent Gasoline. For
more information on Top Tier Detergent Gasoline and a list of marketers,
please go to the official website www.toptiergas.com.
■ Recommendation of the use of low emissions gasoline
Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol, as well as
reformulated gasolines, are available in some cities. These fuels are typically
acceptable for use, providing they meet other fuel requirements.
Toyota recommends these fuels, since the formulations allow for reduced
vehicle emissions.
You must only use unleaded gasoline.
Select octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.
Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than 87
may result in engine knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to
engine damage.
At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifications of
ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A.
471
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ Non-recommendation of the use of blended gasoline
● If you use gasohol in your vehicle, be sure that it has an octane rating no
lower than 87.
● Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol.
■ Non-recommendation of the use of gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-
clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel
containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely
affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this
happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
■ If your engine knocks
● Consult your Toyota dealer.
● You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while accelerat-
ing or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern.
● Use only gasoline containing up to 15%
ethanol.
DO NOT use any flex-fuel or gasoline
that could contain more than 15% etha-
nol, including from any pump labeled
E30, E50, E85 (which are only some
examples of fuel containing more than
15% ethanol).
DO NOT use gasoline contain-
ing more than 15% ethanol.
(30% ethanol)
(50% ethanol)
(85% ethanol)
472
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
NOTICE
■ Notice on fuel quality
● Do not use improper fuels. If improper fuels are used, the engine will be
damaged.
● Do not use leaded gasoline.
Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicle’s three-way catalytic
converters causing the emission control system to malfunction.
● Do not use gasohol other than the type previously stated.
Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.
● Using unleaded gasoline with an octane number or rating lower than the
level previously stated will cause persistent heavy knocking.
At worst, this will lead to engine damage.
■ Fuel-related poor driveability
If poor driveability (poor hot starting, vaporization, engine knocking, etc.) is
encountered after using a different type of fuel, discontinue the use of that
type of fuel.
■ When refueling with gasohol
Take care not to spill gasohol. It can damage your vehicle’s paint.
474
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Tire size (P. 476)
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) (P. 4 7 5)
Uniform tire quality grading
For details, see “Uniform Tire Quality Grading” that follows.
Location of treadwear indicators (P. 3 6 5)
Tire ply composition and materials
Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the strands
which form the plies in a tire.
Radial tires or bias-ply tires
A radial tire has “RADIAL” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “RADIAL”
is a bias-ply tire.
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE
A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put into the tire.
A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air
pressure.
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P. 480)
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P. 468)
This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
Summer tires or all season tires (P. 3 6 9)
An all season tire has “M+S” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “M+S”
is a summer tire.
“TEMPORARY USE ONLY”
A compact spare tire is identified by the phrase “TEMPORARY USE
ONLY” molded on its sidewall. This tire is designed for temporary
emergency use only.
475
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
DOT symbol*
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Tire manufacturer’s identification mark
Tire size code
Manufacturer’s optional tire type code (3 or 4 letters)
Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year
Manufacturer’s code
*: The DOT symbol certifies that the tire conforms to applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Typical DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Type A Type B
476
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Typical tire size information
The illustration indicates typical
tire size.
Tire use (P = Passenger car,
T = Temporary use)
Section width (millimeters)
Aspect ratio
(tire height to section width)
Tire construction code
(R = Radial, D = Diagonal)
Wheel diameter (inches)
Load index
(2 digits or 3 digits)
Speed symbol
(alphabet with one letter)
■ Tire dimensions
Section width
Tire height
Wheel diameter
Tire size
478
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S. Department of Transportation.
It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
■ DOT quality grades
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Require-
ments in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
■ Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a speci-
fied government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual condi-
tions of their use. Performance may differ significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.
■ Traction AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C,
and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turn-
ing) traction.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
479
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing
the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi-
pate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
dard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labo-
ratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades of a tire assume that it is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either sepa-
rately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire
failure.
480
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term Meaning
Cold tire inflation pres-
sure
Tire pressure when the vehicle has been
parked for three hours or more, or has not
been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under
that condition
Maximum inflation
pressure
The maximum cold inflated pressure to which
a tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall
of the tire
Recommended infla-
tion pressure
Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a
manufacturer
Accessory weight
The combined weight (in excess of those stan-
dard items which may be replaced) of auto-
matic transmission, power steering, power
brakes, power windows, power seats, radio
and heater, to the extent that these items are
available as factory-installed equipment
(whether installed or not)
Curb weight
The weight of a motor vehicle with standard
equipment, including the maximum capacity of
fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional
engine
Maximum loaded vehi-
cle weight
The sum of:
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight
Normal occupant
weight
150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants
specified in the second column of Table 1
*
that follows
Occupant distribution
Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as speci-
fied in the third column of Table 1
* below
481
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Production options
weight
The combined weight of installed regular pro-
duction options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items which they
replace, not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy
duty battery, and special trim
Rim
A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire beads are
seated
Rim diameter
(Wheel diameter)
Nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation Rim diameter and width
Rim type designation
The industry manufacturer’s designation for a
rim by style or code
Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle capacity
weight (Total load
capacity)
The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb.
(68 kg) times the vehicle’s designated seating
capacity
Vehicle maximum load
on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter-
mined by distributing to each axle its share of
the maximum loaded vehicle weight, and
dividing by two
Vehicle normal load on
the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter-
mined by distributing to each axle its share of
curb weight, accessory weight, and normal
occupant weight (distributed in accordance
with Table 1
* below), and dividing by two
Weather side
The surface area of the rim not covered by the
inflated tire
Bead
The part of the tire that is made of steel wires,
wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is
shaped to fit the rim
Bead separation
A breakdown of the bond between compo-
nents in the bead
Tire related term Meaning
482
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at alternate
angles substantially less than 90 degrees to
the centerline of the tread
Carcass
The tire structure, except tread and sidewall
rubber which, when inflated, bears the load
Chunking
The breaking away of pieces of the tread or
sidewall
Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire
Cord separation
The parting of cords from adjacent rubber
compounds
Cracking
Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner-
liner of the tire extending to cord material
CT
A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire
and rim system in which the rim is designed
with rim flanges pointed radially inward and
the tire is designed to fit on the underside of
the rim in a manner that encloses the rim
flanges inside the air cavity of the tire
Extra load tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs
Innerliner
The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a
tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire
Innerliner separation
The parting of the innerliner from cord material
in the carcass
Intended outboard
sidewall
(a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering, or bears manufac-
turer, brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the same
molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(b) The outward facing sidewall of an asym-
metrical tire that has a particular side that
must always face outward when mounted
on a vehicle
Tire related term Meaning
483
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Light truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer as pri-
marily intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles
Load rating
The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry
for a given inflation pressure
Maximum load rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum per-
missible inflation pressure for that tire
Maximum permissible
inflation pressure
The maximum cold inflation pressure to which
a tire may be inflated
Measuring rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical
dimension requirements
Open splice
Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall,
or innerliner that extends to cord material
Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire
Overall width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including ele-
vations due to labeling, decorations, or protec-
tive bands or ribs
Passenger car tire
A tire intended for use on passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks,
that have a gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords
Ply separation
A parting of rubber compound between adja-
cent plies
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber, chemi-
cals, fabric and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive wheel, pro-
vides the traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread
Reinforced tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Tire related term Meaning
484
8-1. Specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
*: Table 1 Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for
various designated seating capacities
Section width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding ele-
vations due to labeling, decoration, or protec-
tive bands
Sidewall
That portion of a tire between the tread and
bead
Sidewall separation
The parting of the rubber compound from the
cord material in the sidewall
Snow tire
A tire that attains a traction index equal to or
greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E-
1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when
using the snow traction test as described in
ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for
Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight
Line on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and
which is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( )
on at least one sidewall
Test rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and
may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire
Tread
That portion of a tire that comes into contact
with the road
Tread rib
A tread section running circumferentially
around a tire
Tread separation Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass
Treadwear indicators
(TWI)
The projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread
Wheel-holding fixture
The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire
assembly securely during testing
Tire related term Meaning
485
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Designated seating
capacity, Number of
occupants
Vehicle normal load,
Number of occupants
Occupant distribution
in a normally loaded
vehicle
2 through 4 2 2 in front
5 through 10 3
2 in front, 1 in second
seat
11 through 15 5
2 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
16 through 20 7
2 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
486
8-2. Customization
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Customizable features
■ Changing using the multi-information display
Press “” or “” of the meter control switches, select .
Press “” or “” of the meter control switches, select “Meter Set-
tings”, and then press .
Press “” or “” of the meter control switches, select the item, and
then press .
Press “” or “” of the meter control switches, select the desired
setting, and then press .
To go back to the previous screen or exit the customize mode,
press .
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be
personalized to suit your preferences. The settings of these fea-
tures can be changed using the multi-information display or at
your Toyota dealer.
Customizing vehicle features
1
2
3
4
487
8-2. Customization
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Changing on the audio system screen
Press the “MENU” button.
Select “Setup” on the “Menu” screen.
Select “General” or “Vehicle” on the “Setup” screen.
Various setting can be changed. Refer to the list of settings that can
be changed for details.
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other func-
tions when customized. Contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
Settings that can be changed using the multi-information display
Settings that can be changed on the audio system screen
Settings that can be changed by your Toyota dealer
Definition of symbols: O = Available, — = Not available
Customizable features
1
2
3
488
8-2. Customization
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Gauges, meters and multi-information display (P. 88, 91)
*
1
: The default setting varies according to country.
*
2
: 2 of the following items: current fuel consumption (gauge display), current
fuel consumption (numerical display), average fuel economy (after reset),
average fuel economy (after start), average fuel economy (after refuel),
average vehicle speed (after reset), average vehicle speed (after start),
elapsed time (after reset), elapsed time (after start), distance (driving
range), distance (after start), blank.
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Language*
1
English French O O O
Units*
1
miles (MPG)
km (km/L)
O O O
km (L/100 km)
°F °C O O O
Eco Driving Indicator
Light
On
(Self-lighting)
Off O — O
Drive information 1
Current fuel
consumption
(gauge display)
*
2
O — O
Average fuel
economy
(after reset)
Drive information 2
Distance
(driving range)
*
2
O — O
Average vehicle
speed (after reset)
Pop-up display On Off O – O
Speed limit With caution
Only display
O – O
OFF
489
8-2. Customization
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Instrument cluster (P. 94)
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Sensor sensitivity for
darkening the bright-
ness of the instrument
cluster depending on
the outside brightness
Standard -2 to 2 — — O
Sensor sensitivity for
returning the bright-
ness of the instrument
cluster to the original
level depending on
the outside brightness
Standard -2 to 2 — — O
490
8-2. Customization
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Smart key system* and wireless remote control (P. 112, 125)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Operation signal
(buzzer)
5
Off
— O O
1 to 7
Operation signal
(emergency flashers)
On Off — O O
Unlocking operation
Driver’s door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
step
All doors unlocked
in one step
— O O
Time elapsed before
the automatic door
lock function is acti-
vated if a door is not
opened after being
unlocked
60 seconds
30 seconds
— O O
120 seconds
Open door reminder
buzzer (When locking
the vehicle)
On Off — — O
Locking operation
when door opened
On Off — O O
491
8-2. Customization
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Smart key system* (P. 125)
*: If equipped
■
Wireless remote control (P. 112)
■ Outside rear view mirrors (P. 1 4 6)
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Smart key system On Off — O O
Smart door unlocking Driver’s door All the doors — O O
Number of consecu-
tive door lock opera-
tions
2 times
As many as
desired
— — O
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Wireless remote con-
trol
On Off — — O
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Automatic mirror fold-
ing and extending
operation
Linked to the
locking/unlocking
of the doors
Off — — O
Linked to opera-
tion of the engine
switch
— — O
492
8-2. Customization
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Power windows (P. 149)
*
1
: Vehicles without a smart key system
*
2
: Vehicles with a smart key system
■
Turn signal lever (P. 186)
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Key*
1
or mechanical
key
*
2
linked operation
(open)
Off On — — O
Key*
1
or mechanical
key
*
2
linked operation
(close)
Off On — — O
Wireless remote con-
trol linked operation
(open only)
Off On — — O
Key*
1
or mechanical
key
*
2
, wireless
remote control linked
operation signal
(buzzer)
On Off — — O
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Times of flashing of
the lane change sig-
nal flashers
3
Off
— — O5
7
493
8-2. Customization
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Automatic light control system (P. 195)
■ PCS (Pre-Collision System) (P. 224)
■ LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (P. 23 8 )
■ Air conditioning system (P. 292)
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Light sensor sensitiv-
ity
Level 0 Level -2 to 2
— O O
Time elapsed before
headlights automati-
cally turn off after
doors are closed
30 seconds
Off
— O O60 seconds
90 seconds
Daytime running lights
(except for Canada)
On Off
— O O
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Pre-collision system On Off O — O
Warning timing Middle
Far
O — O
Near
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Steering assist On Off O — O
Alert sensitivity Standard High O — O
Vehicle sway warning On Off O — O
Vehicle sway warning
sensitivity
Standard
Low
O — O
High
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
A/C auto switch oper-
ation
Auto Manual — O O
494
8-2. Customization
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■
Illumination (P. 3 0 2)
*
1
: Vehicles with a smart key system
*
2
: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Time elapsed before
the interior lights turn
off
15 seconds
Off
— O O7.5 seconds
30 seconds
Operation after the
engine switch is
turned off
On Off — — O
Operation when the
doors are unlocked
On Off — — O
Operation when you
approach the vehicle
with the electronic key
on your person
*
1
On Off — — O
Outer mirror illumina-
tion
*
2
On Off — — O
Time elapsed before
the outer mirror illumi-
nation turn off
*
2
15 seconds
Off
— — O7.5 seconds
30 seconds
Operation of the outer
mirror illumination
when you approach
the vehicle with the
electronic key on your
person
*
1, 2
On Off — — O
Operation of the outer
mirror illumination
when the doors are
unlocked
*
2
On Off — — O
Interior lights illumina-
tion control
On Off — — O
495
8-2. Customization
8
Vehicle specifications
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
■ In the following situations, customize mode in which the settings can be
changed through the multi-information display will automatically be
turned off
● A warning message appears after the customize mode screen is displayed.
● The engine switch is turned off.
● The vehicle begins to move while the customize mode screen is displayed.
WARNING
■ During customization
As the engine needs to be running during customization, ensure that the
vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such
as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may
collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health
hazard.
NOTICE
■ During customization
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while cus-
tomizing features.
496
8-3. Items to initialize
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Items to initialize
The following items must be initialized for normal system opera-
tion after such cases as the battery being reconnected, or main-
tenance being performed on the vehicle:
Item When to initialize Reference
Power window When functioning abnormally P. 151
Message indicating mainte-
nance is required (U.S.A.
only)
After the maintenance is per-
formed
P. 337
Tire pressure warning sys-
tem
When changing the tire size P. 367
498
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
(Toll-free: 1-800-331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investiga-
tion, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles,
it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA can-
not become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov ;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about
motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
499
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
9
For owners
Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners
(in French)
● Déroulez la sangle diagonale
de telle sorte qu’elle passe bien
sur l’épaule, sans pour autant
être en contact avec le cou ou
glisser de l’épaule.
● Placez la sangle abdominale le
plus bas possible sur les
hanches.
● Réglez la position du dossier de siège. Asseyez-vous le dos le plus
droit possible et calez-vous bien dans le siège.
● Ne pas vriller la ceinture de sécurité.
■ Ceintures de sécurité
Nettoyez avec un chiffon ou une éponge humectée d’eau savonneuse tiède.
Par ailleurs, vérifiez régulièrement que les ceintures ne sont pas effilochées,
entaillées, ou ne paraissent pas exagérément usées.
The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions
extracted from the seat belt section in this manual.
See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in
English.
Utilisation correcte des ceintures de sécurité
Entretien et soin
500
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ État et usure des ceintures de sécurité
Inspectez les ceintures de sécurité périodiquement. Contrôlez qu’elles ne
sont pas entaillées, effilochées, et que leurs ancrages ne sont pas desser-
rés. Ne pas utiliser une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse avant qu’elle ne
soit remplacée. Une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse n’apporte aucune
garantie de protection de l’occupant contre des blessures graves, voire
mortelles.
502
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
◆ Coussins gonflables SRS frontaux
Coussin gonflable SRS conducteur/passager avant
Participent à la protection de la tête et du thorax du conducteur et
du passager avant contre les chocs avec les éléments de
l’habitacle
Coussin gonflable SRS de genoux pour le conducteur
Participe à la protection du conducteur
Coussin gonflable SRS d’assise de siège passager avant
Participe à retenir le passager avant
◆ Coussins gonflables SRS latéraux et rideau
Coussins gonflables SRS latéraux avant
Participent à la protection du haut du corps des occupants aux
places avant
Coussins gonflables SRS latéraux arrière
Participent à la protection du thorax des occupants assis aux
places arrière extérieures
Coussins gonflables SRS rideau
● Participent principalement à la protection de la tête des
occupants assis dans les sièges des places extérieures
● Participent à empêcher les occupants d’être éjectés du véhicule
en cas de retournement de celui-ci
504
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Votre véhicule est équipé de COUSSINS GONFLABLES
INTELLIGENTS (ADVANCED AIRBAGS) conçus selon les normes de
sécurité américaines applicables aux véhicules à moteur
(FMVSS208). Le boîtier électronique de coussins gonflables (ECU)
utilise les informations reçues des capteurs, etc. détaillés dans le
schéma ci-dessus de composition du système pour commander le
déploiement des coussins gonflables. Ces informations comprennent
des informations sur la gravité de la collision et les occupants. Le
déploiement rapide des coussins gonflables est obtenu au moyen
d’une réaction chimique dans les dispositifs pyrotechniques, qui
produit un gaz inoffensif permettant d’amortir le mouvement des
occupants.
Capteurs d’impact avant
Coussin gonflable passager
avant
Témoins indicateurs “AIR
BAG ON” et “AIR BAG OFF”
Capteurs d’impact latéral
(avant)
Capteurs d’impact latéral
(portes avant)
Prétensionneurs et limiteurs
d’effort de ceinture de sécurité
(avant)
Coussins gonflables latéraux
(avant)
Coussins gonflables latéraux
(arrière)
Coussins gonflables rideau
Capteurs d’impact latéral
(arrière)
Capteur de position du siège
conducteur
Coussin gonflable conducteur
Coussin gonflable de genoux
conducteur
Témoin d’alerte SRS
Boîtier électronique de
coussins gonflables
Prétensionneurs et limiteurs
d’effort de ceinture de sécurité
(arrière)
Coussin gonflable d’assise de
siège
Contacteur de boucle de
ceinture de sécurité passager
avant
Contacteur de boucle de
ceinture de sécurité
conducteur
Système de classification
d’occupant du siège passager
avant (ECU et capteurs)
505
9
For owners
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS
Respectez les précautions suivantes concernant les coussins gonflables
SRS.
À défaut, des blessures graves, voire mortelles, pourraient s’ensuivre.
● Le conducteur et tous les passagers à bord du véhicule doivent porter leur
ceinture de sécurité correctement.
Les coussins gonflables SRS sont des dispositifs de protection
complémentaires aux ceintures de sécurité.
● Le coussin gonflable SRS conducteur se déploie avec une puissance
considérable et peut occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles,
notamment lorsque le conducteur se trouve très près du coussin
gonflable. L’autorité fédérale chargée de la sécurité routière aux
États-Unis, la NHTSA (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration)
conseille:
Sachant que la zone de danger pour le coussin gonflable conducteur se
trouve dans les premiers 2 à 3 in. (50 à 75 mm) du déploiement,
placez-vous à 10 in. (250 mm) du coussin gonflable conducteur pour
garantir une marge de sécurité suffisante. Cette distance est à mesurer
entre le moyeu du volant de direction et le sternum. Si vous êtes assis à
moins de 10 in. (250 mm), vous pouvez changer votre position de
conduite de plusieurs façons:
• Reculez votre siège le plus possible, tout en continuant à pouvoir
atteindre confortablement les pédales.
• Inclinez légèrement le dossier du siège.
Bien que les véhicules soient différents les uns des autres, la plupart
des conducteurs peuvent s’asseoir à une distance de 10 in. (250 mm),
même avec le siège conducteur complètement avancé, simplement en
inclinant un peu le dossier de siège. Si vous avez des difficultés à voir
la route après avoir incliné votre siège, utilisez un coussin ferme et
antidérapant pour vous rehausser ou, si votre véhicule est équipé du
réglage en hauteur du siège, remontez-le.
• Si votre volant de direction est réglable, inclinez-le vers le bas. Cela
vous permet d’orienter le coussin gonflable vers votre buste plutôt que
vers la tête et le cou.
Le siège doit être réglé selon les recommandations de la NHTSA
ci-dessus, tout en conservant le contrôle des pédales et du volant, et la
vue des commandes au tableau de bord.
506
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS
● Le coussin gonflable SRS passager avant se déploie également avec une
puissance considérable et peut occasionner des blessures graves, voire
mortelles, notamment lorsque le passager avant se trouve très près du
coussin gonflable. Le siège du passager avant doit se trouver le plus loin
possible du coussin gonflable et le dossier doit être réglé de manière à ce
que le passager avant soit assis bien droit.
● Le déploiement d’un coussin gonflable peut infliger des blessures graves,
voire mortelles, aux nourrissons et aux enfants mal assis et/ou mal
attachés. Installez dans un siège de sécurité enfant les enfants trop jeunes
pour pouvoir utiliser la ceinture de sécurité. Toyota recommande vivement
que tous les nourrissons et enfants soient installés dans les sièges arrière
du véhicule et convenablement attachés. Les sièges arrière sont plus sûrs
pour les nourrissons et les enfants que le siège passager avant.
● N’installez jamais un siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route sur le
siège passager avant, même si le témoin indicateur “AIR BAG OFF” est
allumé. En cas d’accident, la force exercée par le déploiement rapide du
coussin gonflable passager avant peut causer des blessures graves, voire
mortelles à un enfant, si le siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route est
installé sur le siège passager avant.
● Si vous attachez une rallonge de
ceinture de sécurité aux boucles des
ceintures de sièges avant, mais pas au
pêne de la ceinture de sécurité
proprement dite, les coussins
gonflables SRS frontaux déterminent
que le conducteur et le passager avant
portent leur ceinture de sécurité, alors
même qu’elle n’est pas attachée. Dans
ce cas, les coussins gonflables SRS
frontaux risquent de ne pas se déployer
correctement en cas de collision,
causant des blessures graves, voire
mortelles. Veillez à porter la ceinture de
sécurité avec la rallonge de ceinture de
sécurité.
507
9
For owners
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS
● Ne pas s’asseoir sur le bord du siège et
ne pas s’appuyer contre la planche de
bord.
● Ne pas laisser un enfant rester debout
devant le coussin gonflable SRS
passager avant ni assis sur les genoux
du passager avant.
● Ne pas laisser les occupants des sièges
avant voyager avec un objet sur les
genoux.
● Ne pas s’appuyer contre la porte, contre
le rail latéral de toit ou contre les
montants avant, latéraux et arrière.
● Ne laissez personne s’agenouiller face
à la portière sur les sièges du passager
ou sortir la tête ou les mains à
l’extérieur du véhicule.
508
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS
● Ne rien fixer ou disposer sur la planche
de bord, la garniture centrale du moyeu
de volant de direction et la partie
inférieure du tableau de bord.
Au déploiement des coussins
gonflables SRS conducteur, passager
avant et genoux pour le conducteur,
tout objet risque de se transformer en
projectile.
● Ne rien fixer aux parties telles que la
porte, la vitre de pare-brise, la vitre
latérale, le montant avant et arrière, le
rail latéral de toit et la poignée de
maintien.
● Véhicules dépourvus de système
d’accès et de démarrage “mains libres”:
Ne pas attacher à la clé des objets
lourds, pointus ou très durs, comme
d’autres clés par exemple. Ces objets
risquent d’entraver le déploiement du
coussin gonflable SRS de genoux pour
le conducteur ou d’être projetés vers le
siège conducteur par la force de
déploiement, constituant ainsi un
danger potentiel.
509
9
For owners
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS
● Si un cache en vinyle recouvre la partie où le coussin gonflable SRS de
genoux pour le conducteur se déploie, veillez à l’enlever.
● N’utilisez pour les sièges aucun accessoire venant recouvrir les parties où
se déploient les coussins gonflables SRS latéraux et le coussin gonflable
SRS d’assise de siège, car il risquerait de gêner le déploiement des
coussins gonflables SRS. De tels accessoires peuvent empêcher les
coussins gonflables latéraux et d’assise de siège de s’activer
correctement, neutraliser le système ou provoquer le déploiement
accidentel des coussins gonflables latéraux et d’assise de siège,
provoquant ainsi des blessures graves, voire mortelles.
● Ne pas faire subir de chocs violents ni des pressions excessives aux
parties renfermant les composants des coussins gonflables SRS, ni aux
portes avant.
En effet, cela pourrait entraîner un mauvais fonctionnement des coussins
gonflables SRS.
● Ne touchez aucun composant du système immédiatement après le
déclenchement (déploiement) des coussins gonflables SRS, car ils sont
alors encore très chauds.
● Si vous avez des difficultés à respirer après le déploiement des coussins
gonflables SRS, ouvrez une porte ou une vitre pour faire entrer de l’air
frais, ou bien descendez du véhicule si cela ne présente pas de danger.
Retirez tout résidu dès que possible afin d’éviter d’éventuelles irritations
de la peau.
● Si les parties renfermant les coussins gonflables SRS, telles que la
garniture centrale du volant de direction et les garnitures de montants
avant et arrière, apparaissent abîmées ou craquelées, faites-les remplacer
par votre concessionnaire Toyota.
● Ne rien poser sur le siège du passager avant, comme un coussin par
exemple. Cela a pour conséquence de répartir le poids du passager sur
toute la surface du siège, ce qui empêche le capteur de détecter
normalement le poids du passager. En conséquence, les coussins
gonflables SRS frontaux du passager avant peuvent ne pas se déployer
en cas de collision.
510
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Modification et élimination en fin de vie des éléments du système de
coussins gonflables SRS
Ne mettez pas à la casse votre véhicule et ne lui apportez aucune des
modifications suivantes sans consulter votre concessionnaire Toyota. Les
coussins gonflables SRS peuvent ne pas fonctionner correctement ou se
déployer (se gonfler) accidentellement, provoquant ainsi des blessures
graves, voire mortelles.
● Installation, dépose, démontage et réparations des coussins gonflables
SRS
● Réparations, modifications, démontage ou remplacement du volant, du
tableau de bord, de la planche de bord, des sièges ou de leur garnissage,
des montants avant, latéraux et arrière ou des rails latéraux de toit, ou des
panneaux, garnitures et hauts-parleurs de portes avant
● Modifications du panneau de porte avant (percer un trou dedans, par
exemple)
● Réparation ou modification des ailes avant, du bouclier avant, ou des
flancs de l’habitacle
● Installation d’un équipement de protection sur la calandre (pare-buffle,
pare-kangourou, etc.), d’un chasse-neige, de treuils ou d’une galerie de
toit
● Modification des suspensions du véhicule
● Installation d’appareils électroniques, tels qu’un émetteur/récepteur radio
ou lecteur de CD
● Aménagements du véhicule visant à permettre sa conduite par une
personne atteinte d’un handicap physique
511
Index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) .................... 512
Alphabetical index ..................... 516
Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
OWNER’S MANUAL” for information regarding the equip-
ment listed below.
• Navigation system
• Hands-free system (for cellular phone)
• Rear view monitor system
• Audio system
• Toyota Entune
512
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
● If you lose your keys or mechanical keys, new genuine keys or mechanical
keys can be made by your Toyota dealer. (P. 106)
● If you lose your keys or electronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases
significantly. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. (P. 111 )
● Is the key battery weak or depleted? (P. 386)
● Vehicles with a smart key system:
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
When locking the doors, turn the engine switch off. (P. 176)
● Vehicles with a smart key system:
Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
When locking the doors, make sure that you have the electronic key on
your person.
● The function may not operate properly due to the condition of the radio
wave. (P. 107, 128)
● Is the child-protector lock set?
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is
set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector
lock. (P. 116)
If you have a problem, check the following before contacting
your Toyota dealer.
The doors cannot be locked, unlocked, opened or closed
You lose your keys
The doors cannot be locked or unlocked
The rear door cannot be opened
513
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● Is the shift lever in P? (P. 172)
● Is the steering wheel unlocked? (P. 173)
● Is the battery discharged? (P. 451)
● Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal?
(P. 175)
● Is the shift lever in P? (P. 177)
● Is the electronic key anywhere detectable inside the vehicle? (P. 125)
● Is the steering wheel unlocked? (P. 178)
● Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted?
In this case, the engine can be started in a temporary way. (P. 449)
● Is the battery discharged? (P. 451)
● Vehicles without a smart key system:
Is the engine switch in the “ON” position?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
engine switch in the “ON” position. (P. 184)
● Vehicles with a smart key system:
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
engine switch in IGNITION ON mode. (P. 184)
If you think something is wrong
The engine does not start (vehicles without a smart key sys-
tem)
The engine does not start (vehicles with a smart key system)
The shift lever cannot be shifted from P even if you depress
the brake pedal
514
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● Vehicles without a smart key system:
It is locked to prevent theft of the vehicle if the key is pulled from the engine
switch. (P. 173)
● Vehicles with a smart key system:
It is locked automatically to prevent theft of the vehicle. (P. 1 78 )
● Is the window lock switch pressed?
The power window except for the one at the driver’s seat cannot be oper-
ated if the window lock switch is pressed. (P. 149)
● The auto power off function will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACCES-
SORY or IGNITION ON mode (the engine is not running) for a period of
time. (P. 177)
● The seat belt reminder light is flashing
Are the driver and the front passenger wearing the seat belts? (P. 423)
● The brake system warning light is on
Is the parking brake released? (P. 187)
Depending on the situation, other types of warning buzzer may also sound.
(P. 420, 430)
The steering wheel cannot be turned after the engine is
stopped
The windows do not open or close by operating the power
window switches
The engine switch is turned off automatically
(vehicles with a smart key system)
A warning buzzer sounds during driving
515
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
● Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
Check the message on the multi-information display. (P. 430)
● When a warning light turns on or a warning message is displayed, refer to
P. 420, 430.
● Stop the vehicle in a safe place and replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
(P. 435)
● Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or
snow. (P. 458)
A warning buzzer sounds when leaving the vehicle
(vehicles with a smart key system)
A warning light turns on or a warning message is displayed
When a problem has occurred
If you have a flat tire
The vehicle becomes stuck
516
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Alphabetical index
A/C ............................................ 292
Air conditioning filter ............. 382
ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System)...... 280
Warning light......................... 421
ACA
(Active Cornering Assist)..... 280
Active Cornering Assist
(ACA)...................................... 280
Air conditioning filter .............. 382
Air conditioning
system.................................... 292
Air conditioning filter ............. 382
Airbags ....................................... 32
Airbag operating conditions .... 41
Airbag precautions for
your child .............................. 35
Correct driving posture ........... 24
Curtain shield airbag
operating conditions ............. 41
Curtain shield airbag
precautions........................... 35
General airbag precautions .... 35
Locations of airbags................ 32
Modification and
disposal of airbags ............... 40
Side airbag operating
conditions ............................. 41
Side airbag precautions.......... 35
Side and curtain shield airbags
operating conditions ............. 41
Side and curtain shield airbags
precautions........................... 35
SRS airbags............................ 32
SRS warning light ................. 421
Anchor brackets........................ 57
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS)...................................... 280
Warning light......................... 421
Assist grips.............................. 318
Audio input
*
Audio remote control switches*
Audio system*
Automatic High Beam ............. 200
Automatic light control
system.................................... 195
AUX port
*
Auxiliary boxes........................ 310
A
517
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Back door ................................. 119
Back-up lights
Replacing light bulb .............. 400
Wattage ................................ 469
Battery ...................................... 358
Checking............................... 358
If the vehicle has discharged
battery ................................ 451
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 286
Replacing.............................. 453
Warning light......................... 420
Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) ....... 265
BSM function ........................ 270
RCTA function ...................... 275
Bluetooth
®
*
Bottle holders .......................... 307
Brake
Fluid...................................... 467
Parking brake........................ 187
Warning light......................... 420
Brake assist ............................. 280
Brake Hold ............................... 192
Break-in tips ............................ 159
Brightness control
Instrument panel
light control........................... 90
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ...... 265
BSM function ........................ 270
RCTA function ...................... 275
B
*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”.
518
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Care................................... 328, 333
Aluminum wheels.................. 329
Exterior ................................. 328
Interior................................... 333
Seat belts.............................. 334
Cargo capacity......................... 169
Cargo hooks............................. 309
Chains....................................... 287
Child restraint system...............55
Fixed with a LATCH
system.................................. 67
Fixed with a seat belt.............. 61
Front passenger occupant
classification system............. 46
Points to remember ................ 55
Riding with children................. 54
Types of child restraint
system installation
method ................................. 57
Using an anchor bracket.........70
Child safety................................ 54
Airbag precautions.................. 35
Battery precautions....... 361, 454
Child restraint system ............. 55
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 28
Installing child restraints ......... 57
Power window lock switch.... 149
Power window precautions... 152
Rear door child-protectors.... 116
Removed wireless
remote control
battery precautions............. 389
Seat belt extender
precautions........................... 31
Seat belt precautions.............. 30
Seat heater precautions ....... 300
Child-protectors ...................... 116
Cleaning ........................... 328, 333
Aluminum wheels ................. 329
Exterior ................................. 328
Interior .................................. 333
Seat belts.............................. 334
Clock......................................... 316
Condenser................................ 355
Console box............................. 306
Continuously variable
transmission.......................... 181
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P..................... 184
M mode................................. 182
Cooling system........................ 354
Engine overheating............... 455
Cruise control.......................... 248
Cup holders ............................. 308
Curtain shield airbags............... 32
Customizable features ............ 486
C
519
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Daytime running light
system.................................... 197
Deck board............................... 310
Defogger
Outside rear view
mirrors ................................ 295
Rear window ......................... 295
Windshield ............................ 295
Dimensions .............................. 462
Dinghy towing.......................... 171
Display
Multi-information display ......... 91
Warning message ................ 430
Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 344
Door lock
Back door.............................. 119
Side doors............................. 112
Smart key system ......... 112, 119
Wireless remote control........ 112
Key........................................ 113
Doors
Back door ............................. 119
Door lock ....................... 112,119
Door windows....................... 149
Open door warning
buzzer ........................ 117, 120
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 146
Rear door child-protector...... 116
Side doors ............................ 112
Drive information....................... 92
Driving ...................................... 156
Break-in tips.......................... 159
Correct posture....................... 24
Procedures ........................... 156
Winter drive tips.................... 286
D
520
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Eco Driving Indicator ................ 87
Electric Power Steering
(EPS)....................................... 281
Warning light......................... 421
Electronic key .......................... 104
Battery-saving function ......... 127
If the electronic key
does not operate
properly .............................. 448
Replacing the battery............ 386
Emergency, in case of
If a warning buzzer
sounds................................ 420
If a warning light turns on...... 420
If a warning message is
displayed ............................ 430
If the battery is discharged....451
If the electronic key
does not operate
properly .............................. 448
If the engine will not start...... 446
If you have a flat tire ............. 435
If you think something is
wrong.................................. 418
If your vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 458
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an emergency... 409
If your vehicle needs to be
towed.................................. 411
If your vehicle overheats....... 455
Emergency flashers ................ 408
Engine ...................................... 464
ACCESSORY mode............. 176
Compartment........................ 350
Engine switch ............... 172, 175
Hood..................................... 347
How to start the
engine ........................ 172, 175
Identification number ............ 463
If the engine will not start...... 446
Ignition switch
(engine switch)........... 172, 175
Overheating.......................... 455
Engine coolant......................... 354
Capacity................................ 466
Checking............................... 354
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 286
Warning light......................... 423
Engine coolant temperature
gauge ....................................... 88
Engine immobilizer system...... 74
Engine oil ................................. 351
Capacity................................ 464
Checking............................... 351
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 286
Engine switch .................. 172, 175
Entune Audio
*
Entune Audio Plus*
Entune Premium Audio*
EPS
(Electric Power Steering) ..... 281
Warning light......................... 421
Event data recorder (EDR).......... 8
E
521
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Flat tire...................................... 435
Floor mats .................................. 22
Fluid
Brake .................................... 467
Continuously variable
transmission ....................... 467
Washer ................................. 362
Front interior light ................... 303
Wattage ................................ 469
Front passenger occupant
classification system.............. 46
Front personal lights............... 304
Wattage ................................ 469
Front seats ............................... 135
Adjustment............................ 135
Cleaning................................ 333
Correct driving posture ........... 24
Head restraints ..................... 138
Seat heaters ......................... 300
Front turn signal lights ........... 186
Replacing light bulbs............. 397
Turn signal lever ................... 186
Wattage ................................ 469
Fuel ........................................... 213
Capacity................................ 464
Fuel gauge.............................. 88
Fuel pump shut off system.... 419
Information............................ 470
Refueling............................... 213
Type...................................... 464
Warning light......................... 422
Fuel filler door.......................... 213
Refueling............................... 213
Fuel pump shut off system..... 419
Fuses ........................................ 390
Gauges ....................................... 88
Glove box ................................. 306
Grocery bag hooks.................. 309
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone)
*
Head restraints ........................ 138
Headlights ................................ 195
Automatic High Beam
system................................ 200
Light switch........................... 195
Replacing light bulbs ............ 395
Wattage ................................ 469
Heaters
Outside rear view
mirrors ................................ 295
Seat heaters ......................... 300
Hill-start assist control ........... 281
Hood ......................................... 347
Hooks
Cargo hooks ......................... 309
Grocery bag hooks ............... 309
Retaining hooks (floor mat) .... 22
Horn.......................................... 142
F
G
H
*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”.
522
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
I/M test ...................................... 343
Identification ............................ 462
Engine................................... 463
Vehicle.................................. 462
Ignition switch
(engine switch).............. 172, 175
Illuminated entry system ........ 304
Immobilizer system ................... 74
Indicators ................................... 83
Initialization
Engine oil maintenance
data .................................... 337
Item to initialize..................... 496
Power windows.....................151
Tire pressure
warning system .................. 366
Inside rear view mirror............ 144
Instrument panel light
control ...................................... 90
Interior lights............................ 302
Jack
Positioning the jack............... 349
Vehicle-equipped jack .......... 436
Jack handle.............................. 436
Jam protection function
Power window ...................... 150
Keyless entry
Smart key system ......... 112, 119
Wireless remote
control ................................ 112
Keys.......................................... 104
Battery-saving function......... 127
Electronic key ....................... 104
Engine switch ............... 172, 175
If the electronic key
does not operate
properly .............................. 448
If you lose your keys............. 106
Key number plate ................. 104
Keyless entry ................ 112, 119
Mechanical key..................... 106
Replacing the battery............ 386
Warning buzzer .................... 126
Wireless remote control........ 105
Knee airbags.............................. 33
I
J
K
523
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Lane Departure Alert (LDA) .... 238
Language.................................... 94
LDA (Lane Departure Alert) .... 238
LATCH anchors ......................... 57
Lever
Auxiliary catch lever.............. 347
Hood lock
release lever....................... 347
Shift lever.............................. 181
Turn signal lever ................... 186
Wiper lever.................... 205, 211
License plate lights ................. 195
Light switch ........................... 195
Replacing light bulbs............. 401
Wattage ................................ 469
Light bulbs
Replacing.............................. 394
Wattage ................................ 469
Lights
Automatic High Beam
system................................ 200
Front Interior light.................. 303
Headlight switch.................... 195
Illuminated entry system....... 304
Interior lights list.................... 302
Luggage compartment
light..................................... 120
Personal lights ...................... 304
Rear interior light .................. 303
Replacing light bulbs............. 394
Turn signal lever ................... 186
Vanity lights .......................... 315
Wattage ................................ 469
Lock steering column ..... 173, 178
Luggage cover......................... 311
Maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance... 344
General maintenance ........... 339
Maintenance data................. 462
Maintenance
requirements ...................... 336
Reset the maintenance
data .................................... 337
Malfunction indicator lamp..... 421
Meter........................................... 88
Indicators ................................ 83
Instrument panel
light control........................... 90
Meters..................................... 88
Multi-information display......... 91
Warning lights......................... 81
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror .......... 144
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ........................... 295
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 146
Vanity mirrors ....................... 315
Mobile Assistant
*
Multi-information display.......... 91
Drive information .................... 92
Language................................ 94
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert)................................... 238
PCS (Pre-Collision
system)............................... 224
Settings................................... 94
Warning message................. 430
L
M
*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”.
524
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Navigation system*
Noise from under vehicle............ 6
Odometer.................................... 88
Oil
Engine oil .............................. 464
Opener
Back door.............................. 120
Fuel filler door....................... 215
Hood ..................................... 347
Outside rear view mirrors ....... 146
Adjusting and folding ............ 146
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ..... 265
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ........................... 295
Outside temperature
display...................................... 88
Overheating, Engine................ 455
Parking brake........................... 187
Operation...................... 187, 188
Parking brake engaged
warning buzzer/message ... 190
Warning light......................... 422
Parking lights........................... 195
Light switch........................... 195
Replacing light bulbs ............ 405
PCS (Pre-Collision system).... 224
Enabling/disabling the
system................................ 228
Personal lights......................... 304
Wattage ................................ 469
Power outlet............................. 317
Power steering......................... 281
Warning light......................... 421
Power windows ....................... 149
Jam protection function ........ 150
Operation.............................. 149
Window lock switch .............. 149
Pre-Collision system (PCS).... 224
Enabling/disabling the
system................................ 228
N
O
P
525
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Radiator .................................... 355
Radio
*
Rear interior light..................... 303
Rear seat
Folding down ........................ 136
Rear turn signal lights............. 186
Replacing light bulbs............. 398
Turn signal lever ................... 186
Wattage ................................ 469
Rear view monitor system
*
Rear window defogger ............ 295
Rear window wiper.................. 211
Refueling .................................. 213
Capacity................................ 464
Fuel types ............................. 470
Opening the fuel tank cap..... 215
When the fuel filler door
cannot be opened............... 215
Replacing
Electronic key battery ........... 386
Fuses.................................... 390
Light bulbs ............................ 394
Tires...................................... 435
Wireless remote control
battery ................................ 386
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners...................... 498
Resetting the message
indicating maintenance
is required.............................. 337
R
*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”.
526
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Safety Connect ........................ 319
Seat belt reminder light........... 423
Seat belts.................................... 26
Adjusting the seat belt ............ 27
Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR) .................... 28
Child restraint system
installation ............................ 57
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belt........................ 334
Emergency Locking
Retractor (ELR) .................... 28
How to wear your seat belt ..... 26
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 28
Pregnant women, proper
seat belt use......................... 29
Reminder light and buzzer.... 423
Seat belt extender................... 28
Seat belt pretensioners........... 27
SRS warning light ................. 421
Seat heaters ............................. 300
Seats................................. 135, 136
Adjustment............................ 135
Adjustment precautions ........ 135
Child seats/child restraint
system installation................ 57
Cleaning................................ 333
Front seats............................ 135
Head restraints ..................... 138
Properly sitting in the seat ...... 24
Rear seats ............................ 136
Seat heaters ......................... 300
Sensor
Automatic headlight
system................................ 197
Automatic High Beam
system................................ 200
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert)................................... 238
PCS (Pre-Collision
system)............................... 224
Shift lever ................................. 181
Continuously variable
transmission ....................... 181
If the shift lever cannot
be shifted from P................ 184
Shift lock system..................... 183
Side airbags............................... 32
Side marker lights ................... 195
Light switch........................... 195
Replacing light bulbs .... 396, 398
Wattage ................................ 469
Side mirrors ............................. 146
Adjustment............................ 146
Blind Spot Monitor ................ 265
Folding.................................. 147
Heaters ................................. 295
Side turn signal lights............. 186
Replacing light bulbs ............ 402
Turn signal lever................... 186
Wattage ................................ 469
Smart key system.................... 125
Antenna location................... 125
Entry functions.............. 112, 119
Starting the engine ............... 175
S
527
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Snow tires ................................ 286
Spare tire .................................. 435
Inflation pressure .................. 468
Storage location....................436
Spark plug................................ 466
Specifications .......................... 462
Speedometer.............................. 88
Sport mode............................... 263
Steering lock
Column lock release ..... 173, 178
Steering wheel ......................... 142
Adjustment............................ 142
Audio switches
*
Meter control switches............ 92
Telephone switches
*
TRIP switch............................. 89
Stop lights................................ 405
Storage feature ........................ 305
Stuck
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 458
Sun visors ................................ 315
Switches
Audio remote control
switches
*
Automatic High Beam
switch ................................. 200
Brake hold switch ................. 192
Cruise control switch ............ 248
Door lock switches................ 115
Emergency flashers
switch ................................. 408
Engine switch ............... 172, 175
Fuel filler door opener
switch ................................. 215
Ignition switch............... 172, 175
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
switch ................................. 241
Light switches ....................... 195
Meter control switches............ 92
Outside rear view mirror
switches ............................. 146
Parking brake switch ............ 187
Power door lock switch......... 115
Power window switches........ 149
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers switch ................ 295
Seat heater switches ............ 300
Talk switch
*
Telephone switches*
“TRIP” switch .......................... 89
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
switch ................................. 248
VSC off switch ...................... 281
Window lock switch .............. 149
Windshield wiper and
washer switch..................... 205
*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”.
528
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Tachometer ................................ 88
Tail lights.................................. 195
Light switch ........................... 195
Replacing light bulbs............. 405
Talk switch
*
Telephone switches*
Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer system..... 74
Tire inflation pressure............. 375
Maintenance data ................. 468
Warning light......................... 423
Tire information ....................... 473
Glossary................................ 480
Size....................................... 476
Tire identification number ..... 475
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading............................... 478
Tire pressure warning
system.................................... 366
Initializing .............................. 366
Installing tire pressure
warning valves and
transmitters......................... 366
Registering ID codes ............368
Warning light......................... 423
Tires.......................................... 365
Chains................................... 287
Checking............................... 365
If you have a flat tire ............. 435
Inflation pressure .................. 468
Replacing.............................. 435
Rotating tires......................... 365
Size....................................... 468
Snow tires ............................. 286
Spare tire .............................. 435
Tire pressure warning
system................................ 366
Warning light......................... 423
Tools......................................... 436
Top tether strap......................... 57
Total load capacity.................. 169
Towing
Dinghy towing....................... 171
Emergency towing................ 411
Towing eyelet ....................... 414
Trailer towing........................ 170
Toyota Safety Sense P............ 217
Automatic High Beam........... 200
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert)................................... 238
PCS (Pre-Collision
system)............................... 224
Traction Control
(TRAC).................................... 280
Transmission........................... 181
Continuously variable
transmission ....................... 181
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P..................... 184
M mode................................. 182
TRAC (Traction Control) ......... 280
Trip meters................................. 88
Turn signal lights .................... 186
Replacing light
bulbs................... 397, 398, 402
Turn signal lever................... 186
Wattage ................................ 469
T
529
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
USB memory*
USB port*
Vanity lights ............................. 315
Wattage ................................ 469
Vanity mirrors .......................... 315
Vehicle data recording................ 7
Vehicle identification
number ................................... 462
Vehicle Stability Control
(VSC) ...................................... 280
Voice command system
*
VSC
(Vehicle Stability Control) .... 280
Warning buzzers
Blind Spot Monitor (BSM)..... 265
Brake system........................ 420
Downshifting ......................... 183
Electric power steering ......... 421
Engine coolant
temperature........................ 423
Engine oil pressure............... 420
Engine system...................... 421
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert)................................... 238
Key reminder ........................ 173
Open back door .................... 120
Open door............................. 117
Pre-collision warning ............ 225
Radar cruise control ............. 257
Parking brake ....................... 190
Seat belt reminder ................ 423
U
V
W
*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”.
530
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
Warning lights............................ 81
ABS....................................... 421
Brake Override System......... 424
Brake system................ 420, 422
Charging system................... 420
Electric parking brake ...........422
Electric power steering
system................................ 421
Engine oil pressure ............... 420
High engine coolant
temperature warning
light..................................... 423
Low fuel level........................ 422
Malfunction indicator lamp.... 421
PCS warning light ................. 422
Seat belt reminder light......... 423
Slip indicator ......................... 421
SRS ...................................... 421
Tire pressure......................... 423
Warning messages.................. 430
Washer ............................. 205, 211
Checking............................... 362
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 286
Switch........................... 205, 211
Washing and waxing............... 328
Weight ...................................... 462
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) ................. 512
Wheels...................................... 379
Replacing.............................. 379
Size....................................... 468
Window glasses ...................... 149
Window lock switch ................ 149
Windows................................... 149
Power windows..................... 149
Rear window
defogger ............................. 295
Windshield wipers................... 205
Winter driving tips................... 286
Wireless remote control ......... 105
Battery-saving function......... 127
Locking/Unlocking ................ 112
Replacing the battery............ 386
531
Alphabetical index
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
532
C-HR_OM_USA_OM10569U
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever
Fuel filler
door opener
Fuel filler door
P. 347 P. 215 P. 215
Hood lock release
lever
Tire inflation pres-
sure
P. 347
P. 468
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
13.2 gal. (50 L, 11.0 Imp.gal.)
Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only P. 464, 470
Cold tire inflation
pressure
P. 4 6 8
Engine oil capacity
(Drain and refill —
reference)
P. 464
Engine oil type P. 465
